Document:

Exhibit
10.1

Execution
Version

 

PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

 

dated as of August 20, 2021

 

By and Between

 

DOMINION SOLAR PROJECTS III, INC.,

 

as Seller,

 

and

 

UTAH
SOLAR HOLDINGS II LLC,

 

as Buyer

 

     

     

    

 

TABLE
OF CONTENTS

Page

 

		ARTICLE	I
                                            CERTAIN DEFINITIONS	1

 

	 	Section 1.1	Definitions	1

 

	 	Section 1.2	Terms Generally	12

 

	ARTICLE II PURCHASE AND SALE OF CLASS B
    INTERESTS	13

 

	 	Section 2.1	Purchase and Sale of the Class B Interests	13

 

	 	Section 2.2	Allocation	15

 

	 	Section 2.3	Withholding	16

 

	 	Section 2.4	Effective Date Actions	16

 

	ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
    SELLER	16

 

	 	Section 3.1	Organization; Qualification and Power	16

 

	 	Section 3.2	Authorization; Validity	17

 

	 	Section 3.3	No Conflict	17

 

	 	Section 3.4	Capitalization	17

 

	 	Section 3.5	Financial Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities; Assets	18

 

	 	Section 3.6	Absence of Certain Changes	19

 

	 	Section 3.7	Compliance with Law; Permits; Litigation	19

 

	 	Section 3.8	Tax Matters	20

 

	 	Section 3.9	Material Contracts	21

 

	 	Section 3.10	Consents and Approvals	22

	 
	 	Section 3.11	Brokers	22
	 
	 	Section 3.12	Employees	22
	 
	 	Section 3.13	Indebtedness	22
	 
	 	Section 3.14	Bankruptcy	22
	 
	 	Section 3.15	Regulatory Status	22
	 
	 	Section 3.16	Environmental Matters	23
	 
	 	Section 3.17	Insurance	23
	 
	 	Section 3.18	Bank Accounts	23

 

    -i-

     

    

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

Page

 

	ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
    BUYER	23

	 
	 	Section 4.1	Organization; Qualification and Power	23
	 
	 	Section 4.2	Authorization; Validity	23

 

	 	Section 4.3	No Conflict	23
	 
	 	Section 4.4	Consents and Approvals	24
	 
	 	Section 4.5	Brokers	24
	 
	 	Section 4.6	Sufficiency of Funds	24
	 
	 	Section 4.7	Independent Investigation; No Other Representations	24
	 
	 	Section 4.8	Investment	25
	 
	 	Section 4.9	Litigation	25
	 
	 	Section 4.10	Expertise	25

	 
	ARTICLE V ACCESS; ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS	25

	 
	 	Section 5.1	Transition Planning	25
	 
	 	Section 5.2	Regulatory and Other Approvals	26
	 
	 	Section 5.3	Further Assurances	27
	 
	 	Section 5.4	Certain Tax Matters	28
	 
	 	Section 5.5	Conduct of Business of the Sale Entities	31
	 
	 	Section 5.6	Notice of Changes	32
	 
	 	Section 5.7	Excluded Assets	33
	 
	 	Section 5.8	Affiliate Transactions	33
	 
	 	Section 5.9	Name of Sale Entities	34
	 
	 	Section 5.10	Files and Records	35
	 
	 	Section 5.11	Insurance	36
	 
	 	Section 5.12	Termination of Existing Back-Leverage Financing	36
	 
	 	Section 5.13	Exclusivity	36
	 

 

    -ii-

     

    

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

Page

 

	ARTICLE VI CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO BUYER’S
    OBLIGATIONS	37
	 

	 	Section 6.1	No Injunction	37
	 
	 	Section 6.2	Representations and Warranties	37
	 
	 	Section 6.3	Performance	37
	 
	 	Section 6.4	Approvals and Filings	37
	 
	 	Section 6.5	No Legislation	37
	 
	 	Section 6.6	Seller Deliverables	37
	 
	 	Section 6.7	No Material Adverse Effect	37
	 
	

	ARTICLE VII CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO SELLER’S
    OBLIGATIONS	38
	 

	 	Section 7.1	No Injunction	38
	 
	 	Section 7.2	Representations and Warranties	38
	 
	 	Section 7.3	Performance	38
	 
	 	Section 7.4	Approvals and Filings	38
	 
	 	Section 7.5	No Legislation	38
	 
	 	Section 7.6	Buyer Deliverables	38
	 
	 	Section 7.7	Buyer Guaranty	38

	 
	ARTICLE VIII CLOSING	38
	 

	 	Section 8.1	Time and Place of Closing	38
	 
	 	Section 8.2	Deliveries	39
	 

	ARTICLE IX TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT	40

	 
	 	Section 9.1	Methods of Termination	40
	 
	 	Section 9.2	Procedure Upon Termination and Consequences	41

 

    -iii-

     

    

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

Page

 

	ARTICLE X INDEMNIFICATION	41

	 
	 	Section 10.1	Indemnification	41
	 
	 	Section 10.2	Procedure for Indemnification	42
	 
	 	Section 10.3	Survival	43

 

	 	Section 10.4	Exclusive Remedies	44
	 
	 	Section 10.5	Limitation of Claims; Mitigation	44
	 	 	 	 
	 	Section 10.6	Tax Treatment of Indemnity Payments	46
	 

	 	Section 10.7	Waiver; Disclaimer	46

 

	ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS	47
	 

	 	Section 11.1	Amendment and Modification	47
	 
	 	Section 11.2	Waiver of Compliance	47
	 
	 	Section 11.3	Notices	48
	 
	 	Section 11.4	Binding Nature; Assignment	49
	 
	 	Section 11.5	Entire Agreement	49
	 
	 	Section 11.6	Expenses	49
	 
	 	Section 11.7	Press Releases and Announcements; Disclosure	49
	 
	 	Section 11.8	No Third Party Beneficiaries	49
	 
	 	Section 11.9	Governing Law; Jurisdiction	49
	 
	 	Section 11.10	WAIVER
    OF JURY TRIAL	50
	 
	 	Section 11.11	No Joint Venture	50
	 
	 	Section 11.12	Severability	50
	 
	 	Section 11.13	Counterparts	50

 

    -iv-

     

    

 

	SCHEDULES
	 
	Schedule A	Project Companies
	Schedule B	Sample Net Working Capital Calculation
	Schedule 1.1(a)	Permitted Liens
	Schedule 1.1(b)	Seller’s Knowledge
	Schedule 3.3	No Conflicts
	Schedule 3.5(c)	Undisclosed Liabilities
	Schedule 3.6	Absence of Certain Changes
	Schedule 3.7(c)	Actions
	Schedule 3.9	Material Contracts
	Schedule 3.10	Seller Consents and Approvals
	Schedule 3.17	Insurance
	Schedule 3.18	Bank Accounts
	Schedule 4.4	Buyer Consents and Approvals
	Schedule 4.9	Buyer Litigation
	Schedule 5.5(b)	Conduct of Business
	Schedule 5.7(a)	Excluded Assets
	Schedule 5.8(b)	Sale Entity Credit Support

 

	EXHIBITS
	 
	Exhibit A	Form of Buyer Guaranty
	Exhibit B	Form of Swap Novation Agreement
	Exhibit C	Form of Transition Services Agreement

 

    -v-

     

    

 

PURCHASE
AND SALE AGREEMENT

 

This Purchase and Sale Agreement
(this “Agreement”), dated as of August 20, 2021 (the “Effective Date”), is made
by and between DOMINION SOLAR PROJECTS III, INC., a Virginia corporation (“Seller”), and Utah Solar Holdings
II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Buyer”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.          Seller
owns, directly, one hundred percent (100%) of the total issued and outstanding Class B Interests.

 

B.           (i) Four
Brothers owns, directly, all of the issued and outstanding membership interests of each of the applicable entities listed on Schedule
A – Part I, (ii) Iron Springs owns, directly, all of the issued and outstanding membership interests of each of the
applicable entities listed on Schedule A – Part II, and (iii) Granite Mountain owns, directly, all of the issued
and outstanding membership interests of each of the applicable entities listed on Schedule A – Part III (all such entities
listed on Schedule A, collectively, the “Project Companies”, and each a “Project Company”).

 

C.           Each
of the Project Companies owns the applicable solar photovoltaic system described on Schedule A (all such Projects, collectively,
the “Projects”, and each a “Project”).

 

D.          Concurrently
with the execution of this Agreement, and as a condition to the willingness of Buyer to enter into this Agreement, Four Brothers Holdco, Iron
Springs Holdco and Granite Mountain Holdco and Buyer have entered into that certain letter agreement, dated as of the Effective Date
(the “Holdcos Waiver Letter”), pursuant to which, among other things, Four Brothers Holdco, Iron Springs
Holdco and Granite Mountain Holdco waived certain of terms and conditions contained in the Organizational Documents of the applicable
JV Entity or the applicable Project Companies that would otherwise apply to a sale of the Class B Interests by Seller to Buyer;

 

E.           Buyer
desires to purchase from Seller, and Seller desires to sell to Buyer, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, all of Seller’s
right, title and interests in the Class B Interests.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration
of the premises and the agreements in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which
are hereby acknowledged, intending to be legally bound, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

 

Section
1.1            Definitions.
For the purposes of this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

 

“Action”
means any claim, charge, action, suit, litigation or proceeding (including any arbitration proceeding) by or before any Governmental
Authority, whether civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or otherwise, and whether at law or in equity.

 

     

     

    

 

“Adverse Consequences”
means, subject to Sections 10.5(g) and 10.5(h), all claims, losses, damages, penalties, awards, fines, costs (including
court costs and investigative and remedial costs), amounts paid in settlement, liabilities, obligations, Taxes, Liens, fees and expenses
(including reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees).

 

“Affiliate”
means any Person in control or under control of, or under common control with, another Person. For purposes of the foregoing, “control,”
with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management
and policies of such Person, whether through ownership of voting securities or by Contract or otherwise, and specifically with respect
to a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, means direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
voting securities in such corporation or of the voting interest in a partnership or limited liability company.

 

“Agreement”
has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

“Allocation”
has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).

 

“Allocation Statement”
has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).

 

“Antitrust Laws”
means the Sherman Antitrust Act of 1890, the Clayton Act of 1914, the HSR Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act of 1914, and all other
applicable Laws issued by a Governmental Authority that are designed or intended to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions having the
purpose or effect of monopolization or restraint of trade or lessening of competition through merger or acquisition.

 

“Balance Sheet
Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(a).

 

“Base Purchase
Price” means $335,000,000.

 

“Basket Amount”
has the meaning set forth in Section 10.5(b).

 

“Business Day”
means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which commercial banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized
or required by Law or executive order to be closed.

 

“Buyer”
has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

“Buyer Guaranty”
means the guaranty by Clearway Energy Operating LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, of Buyer’s obligations hereunder, dated
as of the Effective Date and attached as Exhibit A.

 

“Buyer Indemnified
Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(a).

 

“Buyer Material
Adverse Effect” means any change or effect resulting from events, actions, inactions or circumstances that, individually
or in the aggregate, prevents, restricts or delays the ability of Buyer to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate
the Contemplated Transactions.

 

    2

     

    

 

“Buyer Tax Returns”
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(b)(ii).

 

“Cap”
has the meaning set forth in Section 10.5(a).

 

“CARES
Act” means, collectively, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, ‎Pub.
L. 116–136 (116th Cong.) (Mar. 27, 2020), as amended, and the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021.

 

“Class B
Interests” means, collectively, (i) the “Class B Interests” in Four Brothers, as “Class B
Interests” is defined in the Organizational Documents of Four Brothers, (ii) the “Class B Interests” in Iron
Springs, as “Class B Interests” is defined in the Organizational Documents of Iron Springs, and (iii) the “Class B
Interests” in Granite Mountain, as “Class B Interests” is defined in the Organizational Documents of Granite Mountain.

 

“Closing”
has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

 

“Closing Date”
has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

 

“Code”
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“Contemplated
Transactions” means the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Transaction Documents.

 

“Contract”
means a contract, note, bond, mortgage, deed of trust, indenture, lease, instrument or other arrangement that is legally binding.

 

“COVID-19”
means SARS-CoV-2 or COVID-19, and any evolutions thereof or related outbreaks.

 

“COVID-19 Measures”
means any quarantine, “shelter in place,” “stay at home,” workforce reduction, social distancing, shut down,
closure, sequester or any other Laws, directives, guidelines or recommendations by any Governmental Authority in connection with or in
response to COVID-19, including the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act.

 

“DOJ”
means the United States Department of Justice.

 

“Dominion Marks”
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.7(a)(i).

 

“Effective Date”
has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

“Environmental
Laws” means any Law relating to the environment, or to handling, storage, transportation, emissions, discharges, releases
or threatened emissions, discharges or releases of Hazardous Substances into the environment, including ambient air, surface water, ground
water or land, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Substances,
including, but not limited to, the Clean Air Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (including, but not limited to the Clean Water
Act and the Oil Pollution Act), the Safe Drinking Water Act, the Federal Solid Waste Disposal Act (including, but not limited to, the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976), the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, the Toxic
Substances Control Act, the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act, the Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act,
and the Occupational Safety and Health Act (to the extent relating to human exposure to Hazardous Materials) and any other federal, state
or local laws, ordinances, rules or regulations now or hereafter existing relating to any of the foregoing.

 

    3

     

    

 

“ERISA”
means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

“Estimated Purchase
Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

 

“EWG”
means an exempt wholesale generator that meets the criteria as defined in Title 18 of the Code of Federal Regulations. § 366.1,
as amended.

 

“Excluded Assets”
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.7(a).

 

“Excluded Records”
means (i) all corporate, financial, Tax, human resources and legal data and records that relate to the business(es) generally of
Seller or its Affiliates (whether or not relating to the Sale Entities) or that contain information related to Seller or its Affiliates
(excluding the Sale Entities); (ii) any data, software and records to the extent disclosure or transfer is prohibited or subjected
to payment of a fee or other consideration by any license agreement or other Contract with a Person other than Affiliates of Seller,
or by applicable Law, and for which no consent to transfer has been received or for which Buyer has not agreed in writing to pay the
fee or other consideration, as applicable; (iii) any data and records relating to any sale of the Sale Entities, including bids
received from and records of negotiations with third Persons; (iv) any data and records relating primarily to the Excluded Assets;
and (v) any data or records that are subject to attorney-client privilege.

 

“Existing Back-Leverage
Financing” means the transactions contemplated by that certain Financing Agreement, dated as of May 12, 2017, as amended,
by and among Seller and the financial institutions and other parties thereto, and related agreements, including existing interest rate
hedging arrangements associated with the foregoing.

 

“FERC”
means the United States Federal Energy Regulatory Commission.

 

“FFCRA”
means the Families First Coronavirus Response Act, Pub. L. No. 116-127 (116th Cong.) (Mar. 18, 2020).

 

“Final Closing
Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c)(iii).

 

“Financial Statements”
has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5(a).

 

“Four Brothers”
means Four Brothers Solar, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

“Four Brothers Holdco”
means Four Brothers Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and an Affiliate of Buyer.

 

“FPA”
means the Federal Power Act of 1935, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

    4

     

    

 

 

“FTC”
means the United States Federal Trade Commission.

 

“Fundamental Representations”
means the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.1 (Organization; Qualification and Power), Section 3.2
(Authorization; Validity), Section 3.3(a) (No Conflict), Section 3.4 (Capitalization), Section 3.11
(Brokers), Section 4.1 (Organization; Qualification and Power), Section 4.2 (Authorization; Validity), Section 4.3(a) (No
Conflict) and Section 4.5 (Brokers).

 

“Governmental
Authority” means any (a) national, state, county, regional, municipal or other local government (whether domestic or
foreign) and any political subdivision thereof, (b) any court or administrative tribunal, (c) any other governmental, quasi-governmental,
judicial, public or statutory instrumentality, authority, body, agency, bureau or entity of competent jurisdiction (including any zoning
authority, FERC or any comparable authority), or (d) any non-governmental agency, tribunal or entity that is vested by a governmental
agency with applicable jurisdiction.

 

“Granite Mountain”
means Granite Mountain Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

“Granite Mountain Holdco”
means Granite Mountain Renewables, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and an Affiliate of Buyer.

 

“Hazardous Substances”
means any substance, element, compound or mixture, whether solid, liquid or gaseous: (a) which is defined as “hazardous waste”
or “hazardous substance” or “pollutant” or “contaminant” under any Environmental Law; (b) which
is otherwise hazardous and is subject to regulation by any Governmental Authority; (c) petroleum hydrocarbons (other than naturally
occurring petroleum hydrocarbons); (d) polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs); (e) asbestos-containing materials (other than naturally
occurring asbestos); or (f) radioactive materials (other than naturally occurring radioactive materials).

 

“Holdcos Waiver
Letter” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

“HSR Act”
means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.

 

“Indebtedness”
of any Person shall mean: (i) any obligation or liability for borrowed money of such Person, including loans, lines of
credit or similar facilities to the extent drawn, term loans, mortgage loans, bonds, debentures and notes, together with all accrued
but unpaid interest relating to any of the foregoing and (ii) any obligations or liability in respect of any swap, currency,
interest rate derivative or hedging transactions, with the amount of Indebtedness thereunder to be deemed to be equal to any
obligation or liability to pay any breakage cost, determined as of an applicable date, that would be payable by such Person in order
to terminate any such transaction.

 

“Indemnified Party”
has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

 

“Indemnifying
Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

 

    5

     

    

 

“Independent Auditor”
means PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or, if PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is unable to serve, an impartial nationally recognized firm of independent
certified public accountants other than a present or former accounting firm of any of the Parties or any of such Parties’ Affiliates,
mutually agreed to by Buyer and Seller.

 

“Insurance Policies”
has the meaning set forth in Section 3.17.

 

“Iron Springs”
means Iron Springs Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

“Iron Springs Holdco”
means Iron Springs Renewables, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and an Affiliate of Buyer.

 

“JV Entity”
or “JV Entities” means each of Granite Mountain, Iron Springs and Four Brothers.

 

“Law”
means any applicable constitutional provision, statute, ordinance or other law, rule, regulation, or interpretation of any Governmental
Authority and any decree, injunction, stay, judgment, order, ruling, decision, assessment or writ.

 

“Lease”
has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9.

 

“Liens”
means liens, charges, security interests, restrictions, options, pledges, claims or encumbrances of any nature, other than those set forth
in the Organizational Documents of the Sale Entities.

 

“material”
or “materially” means, when used with respect to Seller, material to the Sale Entities, taken as a whole, and
when used with respect to Buyer, material to Buyer.

 

“Material
Adverse Effect” means any change or effect resulting from events, actions, inactions or circumstances that is
materially adverse to the business, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Sale Entities, taken as a whole,
excluding, in any case, (i) any change or effect resulting from conditions or developments in the economy, industry, financial
markets, interest rates, securities markets, commodity markets, fuel markets or power markets generally applicable to the industries
or the markets in which any of the Sale Entities or the Projects participate, including any change or effect in drivers of revenue
for the Projects, (ii) any change or effect resulting from conditions or developments in any transmission system or any
independent system operator or regional transmission organization, (iii) any change or effect resulting from changes in
accounting rules or principles (or any interpretations thereof), including changes in U.S. GAAP, (iv) any change or effect
resulting from changes in any Laws that apply generally to any of the Sale Entities or the Projects, or any changes in the
enforcement thereof, (v) any change or effect resulting from legal, regulatory or political conditions generally or in any
specific region, including any change or effect resulting from or associated with acts of war or terrorism or changes imposed by a
Governmental Authority to address concerns associated with war or terrorism, (vi) any change or effect resulting from a strike,
lockout, work stoppage or other labor action, (vii) any change or effect resulting from weather, natural disaster,
meteorological or geological events, (viii) any matter disclosed on any Schedule, (ix) any change or effect resulting from
the announcement of the execution of this Agreement (or any other agreement to be entered into pursuant to this Agreement), or the
pendency of or consummation of the Contemplated Transactions, or the identity of Buyer, (x) any change or effect resulting from
any actions to be taken at the written request of Buyer or with the written approval of Buyer, and (xi) any epidemic, pandemic
or disease outbreak (including COVID-19), or any Law issued by a Governmental Authority, the Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention, the World Health Organization or industry group providing for COVID-19 Measures, business closures,
 “sheltering-in-place,” curfews or other restrictions that relate to, or arise out of, an epidemic, pandemic or disease
outbreak (including COVID-19) or any change in such Law or interpretation thereof following the date of this Agreement or any
worsening of such conditions threatened or existing as of the date of this Agreement; provided, that any change, effect, event or
circumstance referred to in the immediately preceding clauses (i) – (vii) and (xi) will be taken into account
for purposes of determining whether there has been a Material Adverse Effect to the extent (and only to the extent) such change,
effect, event or circumstance adversely affects the Sale Entities, taken as a whole, in a disproportionately adverse manner relative
to similar companies in the same industry and applicable geographies.

 

    6

     

    

 

“Material Contract”
has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9.

 

“MBR Authority”
means a final non-appealable order from FERC pursuant to Section 205 of the FPA authorizing the sale at wholesale of electric energy,
capacity and ancillary services at market-based rates, accepting a tariff providing for such sales, and granting such waivers and blanket
authorizations as are customarily granted by FERC to a similarly situated company that sells wholesale electric energy, capacity and ancillary
services at market-based rates, including blanket authorization to issue securities and assume liabilities pursuant to Section 204
of the FPA; provided that such order from FERC shall be deemed to be final and non-appealable upon issuance in the event that no third
party intervenes in the proceeding and opposes or proposes limitations on the authorizations requested by the applicant.

 

“MW”
means megawatt, which is 1,000,000 watts.

 

“Net Working Capital”
means (without duplication) 50% of the sum of the net working capital of the Sale Entities, as determined in accordance with the methodology
used in the preparation of Sample Net Working Capital Calculation set forth on Schedule B, and otherwise in accordance with GAAP
as of 11:59 P.M. (Eastern time) on the Closing Date.

 

“Notice of Disagreement”
has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c)(iv).

 

“O&M Agreement”
has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9.

 

“Order”
means any writ, judgment, injunction, ruling, decision or order of any Governmental Authority, whether preliminary or final.

 

“Organizational
Documents” means with respect to any Person, the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization and by-laws, the
limited partnership agreement, the partnership agreement, the limited liability company agreement, the operating agreement or the trust
agreement, or such other organizational documents of such Person, including those that are required to be registered or kept in the jurisdiction
of incorporation, organization or formation of such Person and which establish the legal personality of such Person.

 

    7

     

    

 

“Pandemic Response
Laws” means the CARES Act, the FFCRA, the Payroll Tax Executive Order, the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021, Pub. L.
No. 116-260 (116th Cong. (Dec. 27, 2020)), any other similar or additional federal, state, local, or foreign law, or administrative
guidance intended to benefit taxpayers in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and associated economic downturn

 

“Parties”
means Buyer and Seller and “Party” means Buyer or Seller as applicable.

 

“Payoff Agreement”
means the payoff and release agreement to be entered into by the Collateral Agent and Administrative Agent, the financial institutions
party to the Existing Back-Leverage Financing, Seller and Buyer in connection with the payoff, termination and release of the Existing
Back-Leverage Financing and the credit facilities thereunder, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Seller and Buyer, and which
shall specify, as of the Closing Date, (i) the amount required to be paid to terminate the Existing Back-Leverage Financing (exclusive
of the Swap Breakage Fees) and (ii) the Swap Breakage Fees.

 

“Payroll Tax Executive
Order” means the Presidential Memorandum on Deferring Payroll Tax Obligations in Light of the Ongoing COVID-19 Disaster,
as issued on August 8, 2020 and including any administrative or other guidance published with respect thereto by any Governmental
Authority (including IRS Notice 2020-65).

 

“Permit”
means all licenses, permits, consents, authorizations, approvals, ratifications, certifications or registrations granted or issued by
any Governmental Authority.

 

“Permitted
Liens” means any (a) mechanic’s, laborer’s, workmen’s, repairmen’s and carrier’s
Liens, including all statutory Liens (i) relating to obligations as to which there is no existing default on the part of the
Sale Entities or (ii) that Seller is contesting in good faith through appropriate proceedings and set forth on Schedule
1.1(a) and as to which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been taken on the books of the Sale Entities;
(b) Liens for Taxes, assessments and other governmental charges not yet due and payable or, if due, (i) not delinquent or
(ii) being contested in good faith through appropriate proceedings and set forth on Schedule 1.1(a) and as to which
adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been taken on the books of the Sale Entities; (c) good faith deposits in
connection with bids, tenders, leases, contracts or other agreements, including rent security deposits; (d) pledges or deposits
to secure public or statutory obligations or appeal bonds; (e) any other Liens set forth on Schedule 1.1(a); (e) as
of the Effective Date, any Liens securing the Existing Back-Leverage Financing; (f) as of the Closing Date, any Liens securing
the interest rate swaps that are the subject of the Swap Novation Agreements; and (g) Liens that would not, individually or in
the aggregate, interfere in any material adverse respect with the ability of any Sale Entity to use the property encumbered thereby
for its intended purpose in connection with the Project related to such Sale Entity.

 

“Person”
means and includes an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a union, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated
organization or a Governmental Authority or any other separate legal entity recognized pursuant to Law.

 

“Plan”
means an “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, any specified fringe benefit plan
as defined in Section 6039D of the Code, and any of the following involving the payment of compensation: any other bonus, incentive
compensation, deferred compensation, profit-sharing, stock-option, stock-appreciation right, stock-bonus, stock-purchase, employee-stock-ownership,
savings, severance, change in control, supplemental unemployment, layoff, salary-continuation, retirement, pension, health, life-insurance,
disability, accident, group-insurance, vacation, holiday, sick-leave, fringe-benefit, or welfare plan, and any other employee compensation
or benefit plan, Contract (including any collective bargaining agreement), policy, practice, commitment or understanding (whether qualified
or non-qualified, currently effective or terminated, written or unwritten) and any trust, escrow or other agreement related thereto.

 

    8

     

    

 

“Post-Closing
Tax Period” means any taxable period commencing subsequent to the Closing Date and, for any Straddle Period, the
portion of such Straddle Period that begins immediately after the Closing Date.

 

“PPA”
has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9.

 

“Pre-Closing Tax
Period” means each of (a) any taxable period ending prior to the Closing Date, (b) any taxable period ending on
the Closing Date, and (c) with respect to any Straddle Period, the portion of such Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date.

 

“Pre-Closing
Taxes” means each of (a) any liability of any Sale Entity for Taxes attributable to any Pre-Closing Tax
Period (other than a Straddle Period), (b) any liability (determined in accordance with Section ‎5.4(b)(iv))
of any Sale Entity for Taxes attributable to the pre-Closing portion of any Straddle Period, in each case, including (without
limitation, but for the avoidance of doubt) any Tax of any Sale Entity attributable to a Pre-Closing Tax Period, but with respect to
which liability for (or required payment of) such Tax has been deferred to a period (or portion thereof) subsequent to the
Closing pursuant to any Pandemic Response Law (including, without limitation, all “applicable employment taxes” (as
defined in Section 2302(d)(1) of the CARES Act)), and (c) any liability or Tax incurred or assessed that is
attributable to any transfer or other disposition of any of the Excluded Assets (or otherwise attributable to any of the
Excluded Assets). Notwithstanding the foregoing, or any provision hereof to the contrary, with respect to the calculation of
Pre-Closing Taxes for a particular taxable period, the amount of Pre-Closing Taxes for such taxable period with respect to (but
solely with respect to) a Sale Entity in such taxable period shall be equal to (i) the aggregate amount of Pre-Closing Taxes
with respect to such Sale Entity that are attributable to such taxable period, multiplied by (ii) Seller’s
maximum (direct or indirect) economic interest in such Sale Entity in such taxable period.

 

“Project”
or “Projects” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

“Project Company”
or “Project Companies” has the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

“PUHCA”
means the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 2005, as amended, and all rules and regulations adopted thereunder.

 

“Purchase Price”
has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

 

“QF”
means a “qualifying small power production facility” as such term is defined in Section 3(17)(C) of the FPA and
the implementing regulations of FERC at 18 C.F.R. § 292.203(a).

 

    9

     

    

 

“Reasonable Efforts”
means commercially reasonable efforts.

 

“Records”
means the agreements, documents, data, books and records, files and other information, in each such case, relating to the business and
operations of the Sale Entities (other than the Excluded Records), to the extent relating primarily to the Sale Entities.

 

“REC PSA”
has the meaning set forth in Section 3.9.

 

“Representatives”
means, with respect to any Person, the officers, directors, principals, employees, agents, consultants, auditors, advisors, bankers and
other representatives of such Person.

 

“Sale Entity”
or “Sale Entities” means, individually or collectively, as the context requires, each JV Entity, each Project
Company, and each Subsidiary of any of the foregoing.

 

“Sale Entity Credit
Support” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b).

 

“Securities Act”
means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Seller”
has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

“Seller Indemnified
Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(b).

 

“Seller Tax Returns”
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(b)(i).

 

“Seller’s
Knowledge” means the actual knowledge, after reasonable inquiry of direct reports, of the individuals listed on Schedule
1.1(b).

 

“Straddle Period”
means any taxable period that begins on or prior to the Closing Date and ends subsequent to the Closing Date.

 

“Subsidiary”
means, with respect to a particular Person, any other Person in which such Person owns or holds a direct or indirect interest (economic
or otherwise).

 

“Swap Breakage
Fees” means the breakage fees in the amount set forth in the Payoff Agreement to be paid by Buyer in connection with the
termination of the interest rate hedging arrangements associated with the Existing Back-Leverage Financing in accordance with Section 5.12;
provided, that if Seller elects to terminate such interest rate hedging arrangements prior to the Closing Date, such amount shall equal
$0.

 

“Swap Novation
Agreements” means, with respect to each of the interest rate hedging arrangements associated with the Existing Back-Leverage
Financing, a novation agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

 

“Target Net Working
Capital” means an amount equal to $8,024,731; provided, that if the Closing occurs after December 1, 2021, the Target
Net Working Capital shall be reduced by $80,105.05 for each day that has elapsed between December 1, 2021 and the Closing Date.

 

    10

     

    

 

“Tax Return”
means any return, declaration, report, statement, claim for refund, or other document, together with all amendments and supplements thereto
(including all related and supporting information) required to be filed with a Governmental Authority in respect of Taxes.

 

“Tax”
or “Taxes” means (a) any or all federal, state, county, local, provincial, foreign, and other taxes (including,
without limitation, but for the avoidance of doubt, income, gross income, net income, profits, premium, disability, alternative minimum,
stamp, value added, goods and services, estimated, excise, sales, use, occupancy, rent, gross receipts, franchise, inventory, ad valorem,
severance, capital levy, capital gains, net worth, production, environmental, fuel, escheat, unclaimed property, transfer, deed, documentary,
recording, conveyance, license, lease, registration, withholding, employment, social contribution, social security (or similar),
unemployment compensation, imputed underpayment under Section 6225 of the Code (or any other similar provision of state, local
or non-U.S. law), and other payroll-related taxes, real property taxes, personal property taxes, import duties, custom duties, and other
governmental charges and assessments of any kind or nature), whether disputed or not and including deficiencies, interest, additions to
tax or interest and penalties with respect thereto, (b) any liability for the payment of amounts described in clause (a) as
a result of transferee liability, of being a member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group for any period or otherwise
through operation of law; (c) any liability for the payment of amounts described in clauses (a) or (b) as a result of any
tax sharing, tax indemnity, or tax allocation agreement or any other agreement to indemnify any other Person (other than any such agreement
entered into in the ordinary course of business the primary purpose of which is not Taxes).

 

“Termination Date”
has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(b).

 

“Transaction Documents”
means this Agreement, the Payoff Agreement, the Swap Novation Agreements, the Transition Services Agreement, the Holdcos Waiver Letter
and each other agreement, document and instrument required to be executed in accordance with this Agreement, and any other agreements,
documents or instruments entered into at or prior to the Closing in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

“Transaction Tax
Deductions” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4(b)(iv).

 

“Transfer Tax”
means any and all transfer (including, without limitation, but for the avoidance of doubt, bulk transfer, real property, and tangible
personal property), sales, use, goods and services, value added, documentary, stamp, stamp duty, mortgage, registration, license, lease,
leasehold interest, deed recording fee, recording, filing, gross receipts, excise, stock, and conveyance Taxes and other similar Taxes,
duties, fees, or charges (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any deficiency, interest, additions to tax, or interest and penalties
with respect thereto) assessed, incurred, imposed by any Governmental Authority as a result of, or payable or collectible in connection
with, (x) the purchase by Buyer of the Class B Interest or (y) the Contemplated Transaction; provided, however,
that the term “Transfer Tax” shall not include any income Tax.

 

“Transition Services
Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, providing for Seller to
provide Buyer with transition services for the Projects, for a period of ninety (90) days after the Closing.

 

    11

     

    

 

“Treasury Regulations”
means the regulations promulgated by the United States Treasury Department under the Code.

 

“U.S. GAAP”
means accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

“Working Capital
Overage” shall exist when (and shall be equal to the amount by which) the Net Working Capital exceeds the Target Net Working
Capital.

 

“Working Capital
Underage” shall exist when (and shall be equal to the amount by which) the Target Net Working Capital exceeds the Net Working
Capital.

 

Section 1.2            Terms
Generally. Unless otherwise required by the context in which any term appears:

 

(a)            Capitalized
terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings specified in this Article.

 

(b)           The
singular shall include the plural, the plural shall include the singular, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neutral
genders and vice versa.

 

(c)            References
to “Articles,” “Sections,” “Schedules” or “Exhibits” shall be to articles, sections, schedules
or exhibits of or to this Agreement unless stated otherwise, and references to “paragraphs” or “clauses” shall
be to separate paragraphs or clauses of the section or subsection in which the reference occurs.

 

(d)           The
words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular
section or subsection of this Agreement; and the words “include,” “includes” or “including” shall
mean “including, without limitation.”

 

(e)            The
word “or” will have the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or;” and “shall” and “will”
mean “must,” and shall have equal force and effect and express an obligation.

 

(f)             “Writing,”
 “written” and comparable terms refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing in a visible form.

 

(g)            The
term “day” shall mean a calendar day, commencing at 12:00 a.m. (local time in Richmond, Virginia). The term “month”
shall mean a calendar month; provided that when a period measured in months commences on a date other than the first day of a month,
the period shall run from the date on which it starts to the corresponding date in the next month and, as appropriate, to succeeding months
thereafter. Whenever an event is to be performed or a payment is to be made by a particular date and the date in question falls on a day
which is not a Business Day, the event shall be performed, or the payment shall be made, on the next succeeding Business Day; provided,
however, that all calculations shall be made regardless of whether any given day is a Business Day and whether or not any given
period ends on a Business Day. Time is of the essence in this Agreement.

 

    12

     

    

 

(h)            All
references to a particular entity shall include such entity’s permitted successors and permitted assigns unless otherwise specifically
provided herein.

 

(i)             All
references herein to any Law or to any Contract shall be to such Law or Contract as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time
unless otherwise specifically provided herein.

 

(j)             The
titles of the articles, sections, schedules and exhibits herein have been inserted as a matter of convenience of reference only, and shall
not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

(k)            This
Agreement was negotiated and prepared by both of the Parties with advice of counsel to the extent deemed necessary by each Party; the
Parties have agreed to the wording of this Agreement; and none of the provisions hereof shall be construed against any Party on the ground
that such Party is the author of this Agreement or any part hereof.

 

(l)             The
Schedules and Exhibits hereto are incorporated in and are intended to be a part of this Agreement; provided, however, that
in the event of a conflict between the terms of any Schedule or Exhibit and the terms of Articles I through XI of this
Agreement, the terms of Articles I through XI of this Agreement shall take precedence.

 

(m)           All
monetary amounts contained in this Agreement refer to currency of the United States.

 

ARTICLE II

PURCHASE AND SALE OF CLASS B INTERESTS

 

Section 2.1            Purchase
and Sale of the Class B Interests. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement:

 

(a)            Transfer
of the Class B Interests. At the Closing and for the consideration specified in Section 2.1(b), Seller shall sell,
convey, transfer, assign and deliver to Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase, acquire and accept from Seller all of the Class B Interests.

 

(b)            Purchase
Price. The total cash consideration to be paid by Buyer for the Class B Interests (the “Purchase Price”)
shall be equal to the Base Purchase Price, as adjusted pursuant to Section 2.1(c). At the Closing, Buyer shall pay, or cause
to be paid to Seller, an amount (the “Estimated Purchase Price”) as reasonably estimated and determined by Seller
pursuant to Section 2.1(c)(ii) below. The Estimated Purchase Price shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available
funds to one or more accounts designated by Seller.

 

(c)            Closing
Adjustment.

 

(i)            In
order to calculate the Purchase Price, the Base Purchase Price shall be (A) decreased, dollar for dollar, by the Working Capital
Underage, if any, or increased, dollar for dollar, by the Working Capital Overage, if any, and (B) decreased, dollar for dollar,
by the amount of the Swap Breakage Fees.

 

    13

     

    

 

(ii)            At
least five (5) Business Days prior to the scheduled Closing Date, Seller shall prepare and deliver to Buyer a statement setting forth
Seller’s good faith estimate of the adjustment amounts in Section 2.1(c)(i) above and the Estimated Purchase Price
as of the Closing, together with reasonable supporting documentation as may be reasonably requested by Buyer.

 

(iii)           As
promptly as practical following the Closing, but in no event later than sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, Buyer shall deliver to
Seller a written statement (the “Final Closing Statement”) setting forth the actual adjustment amounts in Section 2.1(c)(i) above
and the Purchase Price as of the Closing, together with reasonable supporting documentation as may be reasonably requested by Seller.

 

(iv)          The
Final Closing Statement shall become final and binding on the 30th day following delivery thereof, unless prior to the end of such period,
Seller delivers to Buyer written notice of its disagreement (a “Notice of Disagreement”) specifying the nature
and amount of any dispute. Seller shall be deemed to have agreed with all items and adjustment amounts not specifically referenced in
the Notice of Disagreement, and such items and amounts shall not be subject to review in accordance with Section 2.1(c)(v).

 

(v)           During
the 30-day period following delivery of a Notice of Disagreement by Seller to Buyer, the parties in good faith shall seek to
resolve in writing any differences that they may have with respect to the computation of the adjustment amounts as specified
therein. Any disputed items resolved in writing between Seller and Buyer within such 30-day period shall be final and binding
with respect to such items, and if Seller and Buyer agree in writing on the resolution of each disputed item specified by Seller in
the Notice of Disagreement, the amounts so determined shall be final and binding on the parties for all purposes hereunder. If
Seller and Buyer have not resolved all such differences by the end of such 30-day period, Seller and Buyer shall submit, in
writing, to an Independent Auditor, their briefs detailing their views as to the correct nature and amount of each item remaining in
dispute and the adjustment amounts, and the Independent Auditor shall make a written determination as to each such disputed item and
the adjustment amounts, which determination shall be final and binding on the parties for all purposes hereunder and shall not be
subject to appeal or further review. The Independent Auditor shall consider only those items and amounts in Seller’s and
Buyer’s respective calculations of the adjustment amounts that are identified as being items and amounts to which Seller and
Buyer have been unable to agree. In resolving any disputed item, the Independent Auditor may not assign a value to any item greater
than the greatest value for such item claimed by either party or less than the smallest value for such item claimed by either party.
Seller and Buyer shall use their Reasonable Efforts to cause the Independent Auditor to render a written decision resolving the
matters submitted to it as promptly as practicable, and in any event within 30 days following the submission thereof.

 

    14

     

    

 

(vi)          The
costs of any dispute resolution pursuant to Section 2.1(c)(v), including the fees and expenses of the Independent Auditor
and of any enforcement of the determination thereof, shall be borne by each Party in the percentage inversely proportionate to the percentage
of the total items submitted for dispute that are resolved in such Party’s favor. The fees and disbursements of the Representatives
of each party incurred in connection with the preparation or review of the Final Closing Statement and preparation or review of any Notice
of Disagreement, as applicable, shall be borne by such Party.

 

(vii)         If
the Purchase Price as finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.1 is greater than the Estimated Purchase Price, Buyer
shall promptly pay to Seller the amount of the difference. If the Purchase Price as finally determined pursuant to this Section 2.1
is less than the Estimated Purchase Price, Seller shall promptly pay to Buyer the amount of the difference. Any payments pursuant to this
Section 2.1(c)(vii) shall be made within two (2) Business Days after the determination of the Purchase Price pursuant
to Section 2.1(c)(iii) – (vi) above and shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds
to one or more accounts of Buyer or Seller, as the case may be, as designated by the Party receiving payment.

 

Section 2.2            Allocation.

 

(a)            Within
sixty (60) days after determination of the Purchase Price in accordance with Section 2.1(c), Buyer shall prepare and deliver
to Seller a statement (the “Allocation Statement”) reflecting the allocation of the final Purchase Price, as
adjusted to reflect assumed liabilities and other amounts deemed paid by Buyer for federal income tax purposes, among the Class B
Interests of each JV Entity and, with respect to that portion of the adjusted Purchase Price allocated to each JV Entity, among the separate
classes of assets of such JV Entity (including the assets of the Project Companies owned by such JV Entity) in a manner that is consistent
with the allocation methodology provided by Section 755 and Section 1060 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated
thereunder (the “Allocation”). Within thirty (30) days following the receipt by Seller of the Allocation Statement,
Seller shall review the Allocation and submit to Buyer in writing any proposed changes to the Allocation Statement. Unless Seller objects
to the Allocation Statement with written notice to Buyer specifying the reasons therefor in reasonable detail by the expiration of such
thirty (30) day period, the Allocation Statement prepared and delivered to Seller pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) shall
be deemed agreed upon by the Parties and shall be deemed conclusive for purposes of the Allocation.

 

(b)            If
Seller timely submits proposed changes to the Allocation Statement in accordance with Section 2.2(a), then the Parties shall work
in good faith to resolve any dispute as to the Allocation Statement which Seller timely notified Buyer pursuant to Section 2.2(a) within
thirty (30) days after receiving an objection notice from Seller. If Buyer and Seller are unable to agree upon an allocation within such
thirty (30) day period, then none of Buyer or Seller will be bound by the Allocation Statement prepared by Buyer, and each of Buyer and
Seller (and each of their respective Affiliates) may independently determine its own allocation of the Purchase Price and file its Tax
Returns using alternative allocations of its choosing. If Buyer and Seller ultimately agree on the Allocation Statement, Buyer and Seller
shall file (and shall cause each of their respective Affiliates to file) all income Tax Returns consistent with the Allocation Statement.

 

    15

     

    

 

Section 2.3            Withholding.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated elsewhere in this Agreement, Buyer and any other
applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable pursuant to, or contemplated
by, this Agreement such amounts as such Person is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under applicable
Law. To the extent that such amounts are so withheld and paid over to the applicable Governmental Authority, such withheld and deducted
amounts will be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the applicable Person in respect of which such deduction
and withholding was made. If Buyer determines that an amount is required to be deducted and withheld with respect to any amount payable
by or on behalf of such Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, Buyer shall provide Seller with advance written notice of the intent to deduct
and withhold at least three (3) days prior to the date of any such payment, which notice shall include a copy of the calculation
of the amount to be deducted and withheld and any applicable provision of state, local or foreign Tax Law pursuant to which such deduction
and withholding is required and provide the recipient of such payment a reasonable opportunity for such recipient to provide forms or
other evidence that would exempt such amounts from withholding.

 

Section 2.4            Effective
Date Actions. On the Effective Date, Buyer has delivered to Seller a duly executed copy of the
Buyer Guaranty.

 

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

 

Except as otherwise disclosed
in this Agreement or in any Schedule delivered by Seller to Buyer, Seller hereby represents and warrants to Buyer as follows:

 

Section 3.1            Organization;
Qualification and Power.

 

(a)            Seller
is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia, and has full corporate
power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each Transaction Document to which it will be a party, to perform its obligations
hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the Contemplated Transactions.

 

(b)            Each
of the Sale Entities is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of such Sale Entities’ jurisdiction
of organization.

 

(c)            Seller
and each of the Sale Entities has all requisite corporate or limited liability company power, as the case may be, and authority to own,
lease and operate its assets and to conduct its business as now conducted.

 

(d)            Each
of the Sale Entities is duly licensed or qualified to transact business as a foreign corporation or limited liability company, as the
case may be, in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business transacted by it or the character of the properties owned or leased
by it requires such licensing or qualification, except in those jurisdictions where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

    16

     

    

 

(e)            Seller
has made available to Buyer true and correct copies of Seller’s and each of the Sale Entities’ Organizational Documents as
in effect as of the Effective Date.

 

Section 3.2            Authorization;
Validity.

 

(a)            The
execution and delivery by Seller of this Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents to which it will be a party, and the performance
by Seller of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action.

 

(b)            This
Agreement has been, and upon their execution each of the Transaction Documents to which Seller will be a party will have been, duly
executed and delivered by Seller and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery hereof by Buyer, this Agreement is, and
upon their execution each of the Transaction Documents to which Seller will be a party will be, enforceable against Seller in
accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent
conveyance, arrangement, moratorium or other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting creditors’
rights generally, and general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

Section 3.3            No
Conflict. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.3, the execution and delivery by Seller of
this Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents to which Seller will be a party do not, and the performance by Seller of its obligations
hereunder and thereunder and the consummation by Seller of the Contemplated Transactions will not:

 

(a)            conflict
with or violate any terms, conditions or provisions of the Organizational Documents of Seller or any of the Sale Entities; or

 

(b)            (i) conflict
with or violate any term or provision of any Law applicable to Seller or any of the Sale Entities, except for such conflicts or violations
which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) require any
consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, or notice to, or declaration, filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority,
under any applicable Law, other than (A) such consents, approvals, notices, declarations, filings or registrations which, if not
made or obtained, would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (B) such
approvals required as a result of the business activities of Buyer and its Affiliates, or (iii) result in the creation of any Lien
upon any of the assets or properties of any Sale Entity, except for such Liens which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably
be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.4            Capitalization.

 

(a)            Seller
owns one hundred percent (100%) of the Class B Interests in each of the JV Entities, as set forth in the respective Organizational
Documents of such JV Entities. The only members of (i) Four Brothers are Seller and, to Seller’s Knowledge, Four Brothers Holdco,
(ii) Iron Springs are Seller and, to Seller’s Knowledge, Iron Springs Holdco, and (iii) Granite Mountain are Seller
and, to Seller’s Knowledge, Granite Mountain Holdco. Four Brothers owns all of the respective limited liability company interests
of the Project Companies listed on PART I of Schedule A. Iron Springs owns all of the respective limited liability company
interests of the Project Companies listed on PART II of Schedule A. Granite Mountain owns all of the respective limited liability
company interests of the Project Companies listed on PART III of Schedule A.

 

    17

     

    

 

(b)            All
of the outstanding Class B Interests that are owned by Seller in the JV Entities, as applicable, have been validly created and
such Class B Interests are owned by Seller free and clear of all Liens except for Liens associated with the Existing
Back-Leverage Financing (until such Indebtedness is repaid and such Liens are released as required hereby). All of the outstanding
limited liability company membership interests that are owned by the JV Entities in the Project Companies, as applicable, have been
validly created and such interests are owned by the applicable JV Entities free and clear of all Liens.

 

(c)            No
representations or warranties are made by Seller under this Agreement with respect to Four Brothers Holdco, Iron Springs Holdco,
Granite Mountain Holdco or any of their respective direct or indirect ownership interests in the JV Entities or any Project Company.

 

(d)            Except
for the rights granted to Four Brothers Holdco, Iron Springs Holdco, Granite Springs Holdco and their respective Affiliates, as applicable,
or as otherwise set forth, in the Organizational Documents of the Sale Entities, (i) there are no authorized or outstanding subscriptions,
warrants, options, convertible securities or other rights (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire from the Sale Entities
any equity interests of or in the Sale Entities, (ii) there are no commitments on the part of the Sale Entities to issue shares,
subscriptions, warrants, options, convertible securities, limited liability company interests, membership interests, general partnership
interests, limited partnership interests or other similar rights, (iii) the Sale Entities have no obligation (contingent or other)
to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of their respective equity securities, and (iv) there is no voting trust or agreement,
stockholders agreement, pledge agreement, buy-sell agreement, right of first refusal, preemptive right or proxy relating to any equity
interests of the Sale Entities.

 

(e)            The
Sale Entities do not own any equity interests in any other Person (other than in another Sale Entity), and no Sale Entity has any obligation
to make any investment (in the form of a capital contribution or otherwise) in any Person (other than in another Sale Entity).

 

Section 3.5            Financial
Statements; No Undisclosed Liabilities; Assets.

 

(a)            Seller
has made available to Buyer each of the following: (i) either combined or individual financial statements of the JV Entities, as
of December 31, 2020, including, in each such case, statements of equity, balance sheets as of the close of such year, and statements
of income and cash flows, all prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and audited by an independent certified public accountant, and (ii) either
combined or individual unaudited balance sheets and statements of income of the JV Entities, as of June 30, 2021 (the “Balance
Sheet Date”) and for each subsequent fiscal quarter ended at least sixty (60) days before the Closing Date (collectively,
the “Financial Statements”).

 

    18

     

    

 

(b)            The
Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP consistently applied and fairly present, in all material respects,
the financial condition of the JV Entities, individually or on a combined basis, as applicable, as of the respective dates thereof and
the cash flows and results of their respective operations for the period covered thereby (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the
absence of disclosures normally made in footnotes, as applicable).

 

(c)            Except
as set forth on Schedule 3.5(c), none of the JV Entities have any liabilities or obligations of a type required to be reflected
on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP consistent with past practice, other than those liabilities or obligations which
(i) are reflected or reserved against in the Financial Statements, (ii) have been incurred in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement or any Material Contract, (iii) have been incurred in the ordinary course of business since the Balance Sheet Date, or
(iv) would not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to be material to the Sale Entities, taken as a whole.

 

(d)            Each
Project Company (directly or indirectly) owns or leases its respective material assets free and clear of any material Liens (other than
Permitted Liens).

 

Section 3.6            Absence
of Certain Changes. Except as reflected in the Financial Statements or as set forth on Schedule
3.6, from the Balance Sheet Date to the Effective Date, each Sale Entity has operated, in all material respects, in the ordinary
course of business, consistent with past practices and in accordance with the Organizational Documents.

 

Section 3.7            Compliance
with Law; Permits; Litigation. Except for Tax Matters, which are exclusively addressed by Section 3.8:

 

(a)            Each
Sale Entity is in compliance with all Laws applicable to such Sale Entity, except for instances of non-compliance that would not, individually
or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to be material to the Sale Entities taken as a whole.

 

(b)            The
Sale Entities have, and are in compliance with, all Permits required by applicable Law to own, operate and maintain their respective Projects
as they are now being owned, operated and maintained except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to
be material to the Sale Entities taken as a whole.

 

(c)           Except
as set forth on Schedule 3.7(c), there are no (i) Actions pending or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened against any
of the Sale Entities, (ii) outstanding Orders in which Seller or its Affiliates is expressly identified that adversely affect or
bind any of the Sale Entities, their properties or any Project in any material respect, or (iii) investigations which, to Seller’s
Knowledge, are pending or threatened, against any of the Sale Entities, their properties, or any of the Projects, at law or in equity,
or before or by any Governmental Authority, in each case which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

    19

     

    

 

Section 3.8            Tax
Matters.

 

(a)            Each
Sale Entity has (i) timely filed all income Tax Returns and all other material Tax Returns that it was required to file and
such Tax Returns are true, correct, and complete in all material respects, (ii) paid all material Taxes required to be paid by
it (whether or not shown to be due on any Tax Return), (iii) timely withheld and remitted to the proper Governmental
Authority all material Taxes required to be withheld by it, and (iv) timely complied, in all material respects, with all
applicable information reporting requirements under all applicable Laws.

 

(b)            No
Sale Entity has waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax Return,
Tax assessment or Tax deficiency, which waiver or extension is currently in effect. There are no outstanding requests, agreements, consents,
or waivers to extend the statutory period of limitations applicable to the assessment or collection of any Taxes or deficiencies against
any Sale Entity.

 

(c)            No
Tax ruling has been requested of or received from any Governmental Authority with respect to any material Tax matter relating to any Sale
Entity.

 

(d)            No
Tax Return of a Sale Entity is under examination or audit by any Governmental Authority (and no other audit, examination, proceeding,
or other similar dispute in respect of Taxes of a Sale Entity is pending or otherwise being conducted), and no notice of such an audit
or examination has been received or threatened in writing with respect to a Sale Entity. Any deficiency (whether pertaining to a Sale
Entity or any asset owned or held directly or indirectly by a Sale Entity) resulting from any completed audit or examination relating
to Taxes by any Governmental Authority has been timely paid in full.

 

(e)            No
written claim has been made by a Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction where an applicable Sale Entity does not file Tax Returns that
it is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction. No power of attorney has been executed by or on behalf of a Sale Entity with
respect to Taxes, which is currently in effect.

 

(f)             No
Sale Entity is a party to or bound by any Tax allocation, receivable, indemnity, or sharing agreement (other than any such agreement entered
into in the ordinary course of business the primary purpose of which is not Taxes). No Sale Entity has any liability for the Taxes of
any other Person under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local, provincial or non-U.S. Law),
as a transferee or successor, and whether by operation of law, Contract, or otherwise (other than any Contract entered into the ordinary
course of business the primary purpose of which is not Taxes).

 

(g)            Neither
Seller nor any Sale Entity has entered into or participated in any transaction that is described as (x) a “reportable transaction”
within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4(b)(1) (or any similar provision of state or local law) or (y) a
 “tax shelter” within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code or the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (or
any similar provision of state or local law).

 

(h)            Other
than Liens for Taxes that are not yet due and payable, there are no Liens for Taxes upon any asset owned by any Sale Entity.

 

    20 

     

    

 

(i)             No
asset of any Sale Entity is treated, or has ever been treated, wholly or partly, as “tax-exempt use property” within the meaning
of Section 168(h) of the Code.

 

(j)             Each
of Granite Mountain, Iron Springs, and Four Brothers is and, at all times on and after September 11, 2015, September 11,
2015, and June 12, 2015, respectively, has been treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes. Each Project Company is
and, at all times on and after its respective date of formation, has been treated, for federal income tax purposes, as an entity disregarded
as separate from its corresponding JV Entity (as set forth on Schedule A attached hereto). Other than the Project Companies
set forth on Schedule A, no JV Entity (i) owns, or ever has owned, any Subsidiary or (ii) owned an interest (economic
or otherwise) in any Person, in each case, after September 11, 2015 (in the case of Granite Mountain and Iron Springs) and after
June 12, 2015 (in the case of Four Brothers).

 

(k)            Each
reference to Seller or any Subsidiary of Seller in this Section 3.8 shall be deemed to include, and shall include, (x) each
Person that merged with and into, or liquidated into, Seller or a Subsidiary of Seller and (y) each Person for which Seller or a
Subsidiary of Seller has any successor or transferee liability (whether by contract, law, or otherwise).

 

This Section 3.8
contains the sole and exclusive representations and warranties of Seller in this Article III with respect to Taxes, except
as otherwise provided in Section 3.12. Except for the representations and warranties in Section 3.8(j), the representations
and warranties in this Section 3.8 refer only to the past activities of the Sale Entities and are not intended to serve as
representations to, or a guarantee of, nor can they be relied upon for or with respect to, and Seller will have no liability or obligation
under this Agreement for any payment or indemnification with respect to, (i) the existence, amount or utilization of any net operating
loss, capital loss, Tax credit, Tax basis or other Tax asset or attribute of any of the Sale Entities in any taxable period (or portion
thereof) following the Closing Date, or (ii) any Taxes attributable to any Tax periods (or portions thereof) beginning after, or
Tax positions taken by Buyer for any Sale Entity after, the Closing.

 

Section 3.9            Material
Contracts. Schedule 3.9 contains a true and correct list of (i) the power
purchase agreements to which any of the Sale Entities is a party (each, a “PPA”), (ii) the operation
and maintenance agreements to which any of the Sale Entities is a party (each, an “O&M Agreement”),
(iii) the renewable energy credit purchase and sale agreements to which any of the Sale Entities is a party (each, a
 “REC PSA”) and (iv) the leases of real property to which any of the Sale Entities is a party (each, a
 “Lease” and together with the PPAs, the O&M Agreements and the REC PSAs, collectively, the
 “Material Contracts” and each, a “Material Contract”). Seller has made available
to Buyer true, correct and complete copies of each Material Contract as amended, modified or supplemented through the date hereof.
Except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 3.9: (i) each Material Contract is valid, binding and in full force and
effect, and is enforceable by each of the Sale Entities to the extent such Sale Entity is a party thereto, in accordance with its
terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, arrangement,
moratorium or other similar Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, and general
equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), (ii) none of the Sale Entities or, to
Seller’s Knowledge, any other party is in material breach of or default under any Material Contract, and (iii) to
Seller’s Knowledge, no circumstance or event has occurred which, with notice or passage of time, or both, would constitute a
material breach of or default under, or would allow termination, modification, or acceleration under any such Material Contract.

 

    21 

     

    

 

Section 3.10          Consents
and Approvals. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10 or 4.4, the execution and
delivery by Seller of this Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents to which Seller will be a party, the performance by Seller
of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, or the consummation by Seller of the Contemplated Transactions will not violate or result
in a breach of or default under (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both) or give rise to any right of termination,
cancellation or acceleration under any Material Contract to which Seller or any Sale Entity is a party except for (a) any such violations,
breaches or defaults or rights of termination, cancellation or acceleration which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (b) approvals required as a result of the business activities of Buyer and its
Affiliates.

 

Section 3.11          Brokers.
Neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates has any Contract with any investment banking firm, broker or finder with respect to the Contemplated
Transactions which would result in obligations payable by Buyer or any of its Affiliates (including the Sale Entities, from and after
Closing).

 

Section 3.12          Employees;
Employee Benefit Plans.

 

(a)            Seller
has never had any employees, and none of the other Sale Entities has had any employees since Seller acquired the Class B Interests.
To Seller’s Knowledge, none of the Sale Entities have ever had any employees.

 

(b)            None
of the Sale Entities sponsors, maintains, contributes to or has any obligation to contribute to any Plan, and none of the Sale Entities
has sponsored, maintained, contributed to or had any obligation to contribute to any Plan since Seller acquired the Class B Interests.
There does not now exist, nor, to the Seller’s Knowledge, do any circumstances exist that would reasonably be expected to result
in, any material liability (current or contingent) under or with respect to any Plan that would reasonably be expected to result in material
liability of any Sale Entity following the Closing Date. In addition, to Seller’s Knowledge, no circumstances exist that would reasonably
be expected to result in, any material liability for failure to comply with the provisions of Section 601, et seq. of ERISA and Section 4980B
of the Code and Section 701, et seq. of ERISA and Subtitle K of the Code that would be a material liability of any Sale Entity following
the Closing Date.

 

Section 3.13          Indebtedness.
No Sale Entity has any outstanding Indebtedness other than (a) as of the date hereof (and, for the avoidance of doubt, not on the
Closing Date), the Existing Back-Leverage Financing, (b) any money pool, intercompany or Affiliate borrowings that will be fully
discharged on or prior to the Closing and (c) as of the Closing Date, the interest rate hedging arrangements that are the subject
of the Swap Novation Agreements.

 

Section 3.14          Bankruptcy.
There are no bankruptcy, reorganization or arrangement proceedings pending against, being contemplated by, or, to Seller’s Knowledge,
threatened against, Seller or any Sale Entity.

 

Section 3.15          Regulatory
Status.

 

(a)            Prior
to the generation, transmission, distribution or production, and the sale or delivery of any electric energy (including test energy),
capacity or ancillary services from each Project, each Project Company made all necessary filings with the FERC for the Project owned
by such Project Company and such Project Company, as applicable: (i) to be a QF, (ii) to be an EWG, and (iii) to obtain
MBR Authority.

 

(b)            Each
Project Company that owns an operating Project is exempt from regulation under PUHCA, pursuant to either 18 C.F.R. § 292.602 or 18
C.F.R. § 366.3(a), as applicable, except, with respect to the latter category, to the extent such Project Company is subject to regulation
under PUHCA with respect to maintaining its EWG status.

 

(c)            Each
JV Entity either is not a “holding company” under PUHCA or is a holding company that is entitled to the exemptions and waivers
set forth at 18 C.F.R. § 366.3(a).

 

(d)            Each
Project is a QF, and each Project Company is an EWG and has MBR Authority in effect.

 

(e)            Each
Project Company has, to Seller’s Knowledge, made all necessary filings with FERC, including updates and notices of changes in status,
with regards to maintaining its MBR Authority and its status as an EWG and the status of the Project owned by such Project Company as
a QF, except for filings the failure of which to make would not reasonably be expected to be material to the Sale Entities taken as a
whole.

 

    22 

     

    

 

Section 3.16          Environmental
Matters. The Sale Entities are in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws, except for instances
of non-compliance that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except for
those matters that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, since December 31, 2018, none of the Project
Companies has received any written notice alleging any material violation of any applicable Environmental Law by a Sale Entity or Seller
(with respect to the applicable Project).

 

Section 3.17          Insurance. The
material insurance policies maintained by the Sale Entities or by Seller or its Affiliates on behalf of the Sale Entities (the
 “Insurance Policies”) are set forth on Schedule 3.17 and are in full force and effect, and none of
the Sale Entities or Seller has received any written notice of any pending or threatened termination of the Insurance Policies.
Except as set forth on Schedule 3.17, there are no outstanding material unpaid claims under any of the Insurance Policies. To
Seller’s Knowledge, the Sale Entities have submitted, on a timely basis, all claims, and notices of circumstances that would
reasonably be expected to give rise to a material claim, that relate to the Insurance Policies in accordance with the claims
reporting requirements specified in the Insurance Policies.

 

Section 3.18          Bank
Accounts. Schedule 3.18 sets forth the names and locations of banks, trust companies and
other financial institutions at which each Sale Entity maintains bank accounts or safe deposit boxes, in each case listing the type of
account, the account number, and the names of all Persons authorized to draw thereupon or who have access thereto and lists the locations
of all safe deposit boxes used by such Sale Entities.

 

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

 

Except as otherwise disclosed
in this Agreement or in any Schedule provided by Buyer, Buyer hereby represents and warrants to Seller as follows:

 

Section 4.1            Organization;
Qualification and Power. Buyer is a limited liability company, duly organized, validly existing
and in good standing under the Laws of Delaware, and has full limited liability company power and authority to execute and deliver this
Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents to which it will be a party, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to
consummate the Contemplated Transactions. Buyer is duly licensed or qualified to transact business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction
in which the nature of the business transacted by it or the character of the properties owned or leased by it requires such licensing
or qualification, except in those jurisdictions where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not reasonably be expected to have
a material adverse effect on Buyer. Buyer has all requisite limited liability company power and authority to own, lease and operate its
assets and to conduct its business as now conducted.

 

Section 4.2            Authorization;
Validity.

 

(a)            The
execution and delivery by Buyer of this Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents to which it will be a party, and the performance
by Buyer of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, have been duly and validly authorized by all requisite limited liability company
action.

 

(b)            This
Agreement has been, and upon their execution each of the Transaction Documents to which Buyer will be a party will have been, duly executed
and delivered by Buyer and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery hereof by Seller, this Agreement is, and upon their execution
each of the Transaction Documents to which Buyer will be a party will be, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms, except
as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, arrangement, moratorium or other similar
Laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, and general equitable principles (whether
considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

Section 4.3            No
Conflict. The execution and delivery by Buyer of this Agreement and each of the Transaction
Documents to which Buyer will be a party do not, and the performance by Buyer of its obligations hereunder and thereunder and
the consummation by Buyer of the Contemplated Transactions will not:

 

    23 

     

    

 

(a)            conflict
with or violate any terms, conditions or provisions of the Organizational Documents of Buyer; or

 

(b)            (i) conflict
with or violate any term or provision of any Law applicable to Buyer, except for such conflicts or violations which would not, individually
or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Buyer Material Adverse Effect or (ii) require any consent or approval
of any Governmental Authority, or notice to, or declaration, filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority, under any applicable
Law, other than (A) such consents, approvals, notices, declarations, filings or registrations which, if not made or obtained, would
not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Buyer Material Adverse Effect and (B) such approvals
required as a result of the business activities of Seller and its Affiliates, or (iii) result in the creation of any Lien upon any
of the assets or properties of Buyer, except for such Liens which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected
to result in a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.4            Consents
and Approvals. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.10 or 4.4, the execution and delivery
by Buyer of this Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents to which Buyer will be a party, the performance by Buyer of its obligations
hereunder and thereunder, or the consummation by Buyer of the Contemplated Transactions will not violate or result in a breach of or default
under (with or without the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both) or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration
under any Contract to which Buyer is a party except for any such violations, breaches or defaults or rights of termination, cancellation
or acceleration which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.5            Brokers.
Neither Buyer nor any of its Affiliates has any Contract with any investment banking firm, broker or finder with respect to the Contemplated
Transactions which would result in obligations payable by Seller or any of its Affiliates.

 

Section 4.6            Sufficiency
of Funds. Buyer has sufficient cash on hand or other sources of, or access to, immediately available
funds to enable it to satisfy all of its payment obligations required hereby, including payment of the Estimated Purchase Price and to
consummate the Transactions.

 

Section 4.7            Independent
Investigation; No Other Representations. Buyer has conducted its own independent
investigation, review and analysis of the business, results of operations, prospects, condition (financial or otherwise) of the Sale
Entities, and acknowledges that it has been provided adequate access to the personnel, properties, assets, premises, books and
records, and other documents and data of Seller and the Sale Entities for such purpose. Buyer acknowledges and agrees that in making
its decision to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the Contemplated Transactions, Buyer has relied solely upon its own
investigation and the express representations and warranties of Seller set forth in Article III of this Agreement (including
the related portions of the Disclosure Schedules). Buyer acknowledges and agrees that except for the representations and warranties
expressly set forth in Article III, none of Seller or any of its respective Affiliates or Representatives has made or is
making any express or implied representation or warranty of any nature to Buyer, its Affiliates or any of their Representatives, at
law or in equity, with respect to Seller, the Sale Entities or any of their respective Affiliates, any Project or any other matter
related to the Contemplated Transactions.

 

    24 

     

    

 

Section 4.8          Investment.
Buyer is acquiring the Shares for its own account, for the purpose of investment and not with
a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution thereof as such term is used in connection with the registration provisions
of the Securities Act. Buyer acknowledges that the Shares are not registered under the Securities Act, any applicable state securities
Laws or any applicable foreign securities Laws, and that the Shares may not be transferred or sold except pursuant to the registration
provisions of the Securities Act or applicable foreign securities Laws or pursuant to an applicable exemption therefrom and pursuant
to applicable state securities Laws. Buyer (either alone or together with its advisors) has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial
and business matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Shares and is capable of bearing
the economic risk of such investment.

 

Section 4.9          Litigation.
Except as set forth on Schedule 4.9, there are no (i) Actions pending or, to the knowledge of Buyer, threatened, or (ii) investigations
which, to the knowledge of Buyer, are pending or threatened, against Buyer, at law or in equity, or before or by any Governmental Authority
which would reasonably be expected to have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.10        Expertise.
Buyer has, or prior to the Closing will have through a third party operator, the requisite technical
and operational experience, competence and capability to operate the Sale Entities as they are currently being operated and in accordance
with good and prudent utility practice and to obtain any required approvals necessary to consummate the Contemplated Transactions.

 

ARTICLE V

ACCESS; ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

 

Section 5.1          Transition
Planning. From the Effective Date until the earlier of Closing or termination of this Agreement
and subject to legal or regulatory requirements, including under the HSR Act, Seller and Buyer shall cooperate in good faith in developing
a mutually acceptable transition plan. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Seller and the Sale Entities shall not be required
to (i) take any action that would constitute a waiver of the attorney-client privilege, or (ii) furnish any information that
Seller or the Sale Entities, or any of their Affiliates, are under a legal obligation not to disclose. All information furnished by or
on behalf of Seller or the Sale Entities hereunder shall be subject to the confidentiality obligations set forth in the Organizational
Documents of the JV Entities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.1, Seller shall be permitted to
disclose this Agreement and any related information to any Governmental Authority, including the Internal Revenue Service or in
connection with any stock exchange rules applicable to the owner of Seller.

 

    25 

     

    

 

Section 5.2          Regulatory
and Other Approvals.

 

(a)            FERC.
As promptly as practicable, but in no event later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the Effective Date, Buyer and Seller shall jointly
file with FERC the filings, applications, registrations, consents and authorizations required by FERC listed on Schedules 3.10
and 4.4. The Parties shall cooperate diligently and in good faith with each other in the preparation of such filings, applications,
registrations, consents and authorizations. As promptly as reasonably practicable, and in any event, no later than three (3) days
prior to submitting any such filing, application, registration, consent or authorization contemplated by this Section 5.2(a),
Seller shall provide a draft of such filing, application, registration, consent or authorization to Buyer for review and comment and Seller
shall diligently and in good faith consider any revisions reasonably requested by Buyer. Each of Buyer and Seller will use its Reasonable
Efforts to obtain the filings, applications, registrations, consents and authorizations required by FERC listed on Schedules 3.10
and 4.4 for the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions. Each Party shall be responsible for its own costs of preparing,
reviewing and filing with FERC its respective filings, applications, registrations, consents, authorizations, responses and any petition
for rehearing or any reapplication.

 

(b)            HSR.
As promptly as practicable, but in no event later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the Effective Date, each of Buyer and Seller shall
file with the FTC and the DOJ the Notification and Report Form under the HSR Act required in connection with the Contemplated Transactions
and as promptly as practicable supply additional information, if any, requested in connection herewith pursuant to the HSR Act. Any such
Notification and Report Form and additional information, if any, submitted to the FTC or the DOJ shall be in substantial compliance
with the requirements of the HSR Act. Each of Buyer and Seller shall furnish to the other such information and assistance as the other
may reasonably request in connection with its preparation of any filing, application, registration, consent or authorization which is
necessary under the HSR Act. Each of Buyer and Seller will use its Reasonable Efforts to obtain the termination or expiration of any applicable
waiting period required under the HSR Act for the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions. The cost of all filing fees under the
HSR Act shall be borne 50% by Buyer and 50% by Seller.

 

(c)            Miscellaneous.

 

(i)            As
promptly as practicable, but in no event later than thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, the Parties, as applicable, shall make
or file all other filings, applications, registrations, and requests for consents and authorizations listed on Schedules 3.10
and 4.4.

 

(ii)           In
fulfilling their obligations pursuant to this Section 5.2, the Parties shall cooperate in good faith with each other to
(A) prepare and make or file with any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over any of the Sale Entities, Seller
or Buyer, all necessary filings, applications, registrations, consents and authorizations required to be made with respect to the
Contemplated Transactions (including those specified in Sections 5.2(a) and 5.2(b) above), (B) effect
all necessary filings, applications, registrations, consents and authorizations and execute all agreements and documents, and
(C) use Reasonable Efforts to obtain all necessary consents, approvals and authorizations of all third Persons, in the case of
each of the foregoing clauses (A), (B), and (C), necessary to consummate the Contemplated Transactions. It is understood and agreed
that, with respect to seeking any such consent or authorization, Reasonable Efforts shall include an obligation of Buyer to pay for
any consent or similar fee required by any applicable third Person as a condition to consent or authorization.

 

    26 

     

    

 

(iii)          Each
of Buyer and Seller shall keep the other apprised in a prompt manner of the status and substance of any communications with, and inquiries
or requests for additional information from any Governmental Authority in connection with the Contemplated Transactions. The Parties shall
promptly respond to such inquiries or requests for additional information made by any Governmental Authority, use their respective Reasonable
Efforts to participate in any hearings, settlement proceedings or other proceedings ordered with respect to the Contemplated Transactions,
and use their respective Reasonable Efforts to cause all filings, applications, registrations, consents and authorizations listed on Schedules
3.10 and 4.4 to be obtained at the earliest possible date after the date of filing. The Parties shall have the right to review
in advance all characterizations of the information relating to the Contemplated Transactions which appear in any filings, applications,
registrations, consents and authorizations made in connection with the Contemplated Transactions and the submitting Party shall consider
in good faith any revisions reasonably requested by the reviewing Party.

 

(iv)          Notwithstanding
anything in this Section 5.2(c) to the contrary, the Parties acknowledge and agree that this Section 5.2(c) shall
not require Buyer to (A) enter into any agreement or stipulate to the entry of any Order with respect to the divestiture of Buyer’s
or its Affiliates’ businesses or assets or (B) accept or agree to any condition of any consents, authorization or approvals
from any Governmental Authority that would reasonably be expected to be material after the Closing to the Sale Entities taken as a whole,
except where the failure to obtain or make the same is a result of Buyer’s breach of its obligations hereunder.

 

Section 5.3          Further
Assurances.

 

(a)            From
time to time after the Effective Date, as and when requested by any Party hereto, the requested Party shall use Reasonable Efforts
to take or to cause to be taken, all action and to do, or cause to be done, or to execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and
delivered, all such documents and instruments and shall take, or cause to be taken, all such further or other actions as such other
Party may reasonably deem necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the Contemplated Transactions, as promptly as
practicable or sooner as required by this Agreement, including, without limitation, such actions as are necessary in connection with
obtaining any third Person consents, including those identified on Schedule 3.10 or 4.4, and the negotiation in good
faith of the Transition Services Agreement. The Parties shall cooperate in good faith with each other in assisting with complying
with this Section 5.3.

 

(b)            Each
of Buyer and Seller shall use Reasonable Efforts to implement the provisions of this Agreement, and, for such purpose, at the request
of the other Party, shall, at or after the Closing, promptly execute and deliver, or cause to be so executed and delivered, such documents
to the other Party and take such further action as the other Party may deem reasonably necessary or desirable to facilitate or better
evidence the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions.

 

    27 

     

    

 

Section 5.4          Certain
Tax Matters.

 

(a)            All
Transfer Taxes incurred in connection with this Agreement and the Contemplated Transactions shall be borne 50% by Seller, on the one hand,
and 50% by Buyer, on the other hand. Seller and Buyer agree to cooperate in the execution and delivery of all instruments and certificates
reasonably necessary to remit or minimize the amount of any Transfer Taxes. If Seller is required by Law to pay any such Transfer Taxes,
Buyer shall promptly reimburse Seller within ten (10) days of receipt of written request from Seller for fifty percent (50%) of such
Transfer Taxes. If Buyer is required by Law to pay any such Transfer Taxes, Seller shall promptly reimburse Buyer within ten (10) days
of receipt of written request from Buyer for fifty percent (50%) of such Transfer Taxes. Buyer shall file, to the extent required by applicable
Tax Laws, all necessary Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to all such Transfer Taxes (and all expenses and costs incurred
in connection with filing such Tax Returns shall be borne equally by Buyer and Seller and, in accordance with this Section 5.4(a),
each Party shall reimburse the other Party for the costs and expenses, if any, incurred by such other Party in connection with filing
such Tax Returns). To the extent required by applicable Tax Laws, Seller (and any Affiliate of Seller) will join in the execution of any
such Tax Returns or other documentation.

 

(b)            Any
Tax Return to be prepared pursuant to the provisions of this Section 5.4(b) shall be prepared in a manner consistent
with practices followed in prior years with respect to similar Tax Returns. The following provisions shall govern the allocation of responsibility
as between the Parties with respect to certain Tax matters following the Closing Date:

 

(i)            Seller
shall prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, any Tax Return of any Sale Entity for each Pre-Closing Tax
Period (other than a Straddle Period) (“Seller Tax Returns”). Seller shall deliver to Buyer any
such Seller Tax Return for Buyer’s review at least forty-five (45) days before the date on which such Seller Tax Return is
required to be filed (taking into account applicable extensions), or as soon as reasonably possible if the Seller Tax Return
is required to be filed within ninety (90) days following the Closing Date. Buyer shall review any such Seller Tax Return within
twenty (20) days after the delivery of such Seller Tax Return. Buyer will be deemed to have approved any such Seller Tax Return as
prepared by Seller if Buyer does not submit comments within such twenty (20) day review period. If Buyer delivers comments to Seller
within such twenty (20) day review period, Seller and Buyer shall use good faith efforts to resolve any dispute in connection with
such comments. If Seller and Buyer are unable to agree on any such revisions within twenty (20) days after Buyer provides its
comments, Seller and Buyer shall engage the Independent Auditor to resolve the matter, and the Independent Auditor’s
determination shall be final and binding on the Parties. The Independent Auditor shall resolve the dispute within twenty (20)
days after the item has been referred to it. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.4(b)(i), Seller
shall be entitled to file on behalf of the Sale Entities, or cause to be filed, the applicable Seller Tax Return without having
incorporated the disagreed upon changes to avoid a late filing of such Seller Tax Return. If the Independent Auditor’s
resolution of the dispute necessitates that a Seller Tax Return filed in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence be
amended, then Seller shall cause an amended Seller Tax Return to be filed that reflects such resolution. The fees and expenses of
the Independent Auditor shall be borne by each Party in the percentage inversely proportionate to the percentage of the total items
submitted for dispute that are resolved in such Party’s favor.

 

(ii)           Buyer
shall prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, any Tax Return of any Sale Entity for all Straddle Periods
(“Buyer Tax Returns”). Buyer shall deliver to Seller any such Buyer Tax Return for Seller’s review
at least forty-five (45) days before the date on which such Buyer Tax Return is required to be filed (taking into account applicable
extensions), or as soon as reasonably possible if the Buyer Tax Return is required to be filed within ninety (90) days
following the Closing Date. Seller shall review any such Buyer Tax Return within twenty (20) days after the delivery of such
Buyer Tax Return. Seller will be deemed to have approved any such Buyer Tax Return as prepared by Buyer if Seller does not submit
comments within such twenty (20) day review period. If Seller delivers comments to Buyer within such twenty (20) day
review period, Buyer and Seller shall use good faith efforts to resolve any dispute in connection with such comments. If Buyer and
Seller are unable to agree on any such revisions within twenty (20) days after Seller provides its comments, Buyer and Seller
shall engage the Independent Auditor to resolve the matter, and the Independent Auditor’s determination shall be final and
binding on the Parties. The Independent Auditor shall resolve the dispute within twenty (20) days after the item has been
referred to it. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.4(b)(ii), Buyer shall be entitled to file on
behalf of the Sale Entities, or cause to be filed, the applicable Buyer Tax Return without having incorporated the disagreed upon
changes to avoid a late filing of such Buyer Tax Return. If the Independent Auditor’s resolution of the dispute necessitates
that a Buyer Tax Return filed in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence be amended, then Buyer shall cause an
amended Buyer Tax Return to be filed that reflects such resolution. The fees and expenses of the Independent Auditor shall be borne
by each Party in the percentage inversely proportionate to the percentage of the total items submitted for dispute that are resolved
in such Party’s favor.

 

    28 

     

    

 

(iii)          Seller
shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Buyer no later than fifteen (15) days after the date on which Taxes of a particular Sale Entity
are paid (A) with respect to a Straddle Period, an amount equal to the portion of such Taxes of such Sale Entity that relates to
the portion of such Tax period ending as of the Closing Date (determined in accordance with Section ‎5.4(b)(iv))
and (B) with respect to a Pre-Closing Tax Period, an amount equal to the entire amount of such Taxes of such Sale Entity that relates
to such Pre-Closing Tax Period, but only if and to the extent such Taxes were not taken into account (through their inclusion in the determination
of Net Working Capital) in calculating the Purchase Price; provided, however, that Seller shall have no liability or obligation
under this Agreement with respect to (x) any Taxes becoming due as a result of any breach by Buyer or any of its Affiliates (including,
for this purpose, any of the Sale Entities after the Closing Date) of its representations, covenants, or obligations under this Agreement
or (y) any Transfer Taxes payable by Buyer pursuant to Section 5.4(a); provided further, that, the amount of Taxes
for a particular taxable period that are due and payable by such Sale Entity pursuant to this Section 5.4(b)(iii) shall
be equal to (I) the aggregate amount of Taxes with respect to such Sale Entity that are attributable to such taxable period, multiplied
by (II) Seller’s maximum (direct or indirect) economic interest in such Sale Entity in such taxable period.

 

(iv)          For
purposes of this Section 5.4, in the case of any Taxes that are imposed and are payable for a Straddle Period, the portion
of such Tax which relates to the portion of such Straddle Period ending as of the Closing Date shall, in the case of any Taxes imposed
on a periodic basis (such as real property Taxes), be deemed to be the amount of such Tax for the entire Straddle Period multiplied by
a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the Straddle Period ending on and including the Closing Date and the denominator
of which is the number of days in the entire Straddle Period. In the case of non-periodic Taxes (i.e., such as Taxes that are (w) based
upon or related to income or receipts, (x) imposed in connection with any capital or debt restructuring, (y) imposed in connection
with any sale, distribution, or other transfer or assignment of property (real or personal, tangible or intangible), or (z) payroll,
withholding, excise and similar Taxes), the portion of such Tax which relates to the portion of such Straddle Period ending on the Closing
Date shall be determined based on a closing of the books at the end of the Closing Date. The portion of any Taxes attributable to a Post-Closing
Tax Period shall be calculated in a corresponding manner.

 

(v)           To
the extent permitted by applicable Law, any and all deductions with respect to the Sale Entities (A) for which Seller or any
Sale Entity is economically liable because they arose as a result of amounts paid or borne by Seller or the Sale Entities at,
or prior to, the Closing (or otherwise resulted in a reduction to the Purchase Price) and that are related to (x) any
bonuses or other compensatory amounts paid by any Sale Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby,
(y) expenses with respect to Indebtedness being paid by or on behalf of the Sale Entities in connection with the Closing, and
(z) all transaction expenses and payments that are paid by or on behalf of the Sale Entities or Seller (or any Affiliate of
Seller) prior to or in connection with the Closing and (B) that are deductible by the Sale Entities for Tax purposes (such
deductions described in clause (A), the “Transaction Tax Deductions”) shall be treated for income Tax
purposes as having been incurred by the Sale Entities in, and reflected as a deduction on the income Tax Returns of the Sale
Entities for, the taxable period (or portion thereof) ending on the Closing Date.

 

    29 

     

    

 

(c)            Each
Party shall provide the other Party with such assistance as may reasonably be requested by the other Party in connection with the preparation
of any Tax Return, any audit or other examination by any Governmental Authority, or any judicial or administrative proceedings relating
to liability for Taxes, and each will retain and provide the requesting Party with any records or information which may be relevant to
such return, audit or examination, proceedings or determination. Any information obtained pursuant to this Section 5.4 or
pursuant to any other Sections hereof providing for the sharing of information relating to or review of any Tax Return or other schedule
relating to Taxes shall be subject to the confidentiality obligations of this Agreement.

 

(d)            To
the extent that a Sale Entity’s liability for Taxes for a taxable year or portion ending on or before the Closing Date (as computed
in a manner consistent with Section 5.4(b)(iv), and after giving effect to any Tax credits or Tax abatements or any other
offset to such Tax) is less than the amount of estimated Taxes paid by or on behalf of such Sale Entity with respect to all or a portion
of such taxable year or period, Buyer shall pay Seller the difference within thirty (30) days of filing the relevant Tax Return that
reflects such Tax; provided that, the amount of such overpayment of Taxes for a particular taxable period with respect to any such
Sale Entity pursuant to this Section 5.4(d) shall be equal to (I) the aggregate amount of such overpayment of Taxes
with respect to such Sale Entity that are attributable to such taxable period, multiplied by (II) Seller’s maximum (direct
or indirect) economic interest in such Sale Entity in such taxable period.

 

(e)            Without
duplication of amounts payable to Seller pursuant to Section 5.4(d), to the extent not taken into account in calculating
the Purchase Price, as finally determined and adjusted pursuant to Section 2.1, any refund, credit or reduction of Taxes
paid or payable by or with respect to any Sale Entity when realized (whether by refund, credit, overpayment or offset against other
Taxes due and payable) shall be paid within five (5) Business Days of receipt as follows (or, to the extent payable but not
paid due to offset against other Taxes, shall be paid by the Party receiving the benefit of the offset within five (5) Business
Days of such offset as follows): (i) to Seller, if attributable to any Tax period or portion thereof ending on or before the
Closing Date (and, for any Straddle Period, to the extent allocable, determined in a manner consistent with Section 5.4(b)(iv),
to the portion of such Tax period beginning before and ending on the Closing Date) and (ii) to Buyer, if attributable to any
Tax period or portion thereof beginning after the Closing Date (and, for any Straddle Period, to the extent allocable, determined in
a manner consistent with Section 5.4(b)(iv), to the portion of such Tax period beginning after the Closing Date);
provided that, solely the amount of such refund, credit or reduction of Taxes for a particular taxable period (or portion thereof)
with respect to any such Sale Entity that otherwise is payable pursuant to this Section 5.4(e) shall be equal to
(I) the aggregate amount of such refund, credit or reduction in Taxes with respect to such Sale Entity that are attributable to
such taxable period (or portion thereof), multiplied by (II) Seller’s maximum (direct or indirect) economic interest in
such Sale Entity in such taxable period. Buyer shall reasonably cooperate, and shall cause each of its Affiliates and the Sale
Entities to reasonably cooperate (at the written request of the Seller), in obtaining any Tax refund that Seller reasonably believes
should be available, including through filing appropriate forms (at the written request of Seller) with the applicable Taxing
Authority; provided that, any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with complying with any such request by Seller
shall be borne solely by the Seller.

 

    30 

     

    

 

(f)            Except
as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, on or with respect to the Closing Date, neither Buyer nor any of its Affiliates
shall permit or otherwise allow the Sale Entities to take any action not in the ordinary course of the Sale Entities’ business,
including the making or revocation of any Tax election, the cancellation or modification of any debt, the incurrence of any “extraordinary
item” (as defined in Treasury Regulation section 1.1502-76(b)(2)(ii)(C)), the merger or liquidation of any of the Sale Entities
or the distribution of any property in respect of any of the equity of the Sale Entities, without the prior written consent of Seller,
which consent may be withheld in Seller’s reasonable discretion. Without the prior consent of Seller (which consent shall not
be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), Buyer and its Affiliates shall not, and Buyer and its Affiliates shall not permit the
Sale Entities to, take any of the following actions: (i) other than any Tax Return (or amendment thereof) that is filed pursuant
to Section 5.4(b), file or amend or otherwise modify any Tax Return of any Sale Entity relating to a Pre-Closing Tax Period
or Straddle Period, (ii) extend or waive, or cause to be extended or waived, any statute of limitations or other period for the assessment
of any Tax or deficiency of any Sale Entity relating to a Pre-Closing Tax Period or Straddle Period, (iii) make (except on a
Tax Return filed in accordance with Section 5.4(b)) or change any Tax election or accounting method or practice of any Sale Entity
with respect to any Pre-Closing Tax Period or Straddle Period, (iv) enter into any closing agreement or settle any Tax claim or assessment
relating to any Sale Entity for any Pre-Closing Tax Period or Straddle Period, (v) surrender any right to claim a refund of Taxes
relating to any Sale Entity for a Pre-Closing Tax Period or Straddle Period or (vi) enter into a voluntary disclosure process with
a Governmental Authority regarding Taxes of any Sale Entity with respect to any Pre-Closing Tax Period or Straddle Period.

 

(g)            All
Tax sharing agreements or arrangements that provide for the allocation, apportionment, sharing, or assignment of Tax liability
between, or among, any of the Sale Entities and Seller or Seller’s Affiliates shall be terminated as of the end of the Closing
Date and, after the Closing Date, neither Seller nor any of Seller’s Affiliates, on the one hand, nor any of the Sale
Entities, on the other hand, shall be bound thereby or have any further rights, liability, or obligation thereunder.

 

Section 5.5          Conduct
of Business of the Sale Entities.

 

(a)            From
the Effective Date until the earlier of Closing or termination of this Agreement, Seller shall cause each of the Sale Entities, to conduct
its respective business in the ordinary course of business and in a manner consistent with past practices and in accordance with its applicable
Organizational Documents, unless otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or with the prior written consent of Buyer.

 

(b)            Without
limiting Section 5.5(a), except (i) as set forth on Schedule 5.5(b), (ii) as permitted by this Agreement,
(iii) as permitted by the Organizational Documents of the Sale Entities, or (iv) with the express written approval of Buyer,
such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, from the Effective Date until the earlier of Closing or termination of this Agreement,
Seller shall cause each Sale Entity not to:

 

(i)            transfer
any of the Class B Interests to any Person or create any Lien upon the Class B Interests;

 

(ii)           issue,
grant, deliver or sell or authorize or propose to issue, grant, deliver or sell, or purchase or propose to purchase, any of its equity
securities (other than the sale and delivery of the Class B Interests pursuant to this Agreement), options, warrants, calls, rights,
exchangeable or convertible securities, commitments or agreements of any character, written or oral, obligating it to issue, deliver,
sell, repurchase or redeem, or cause to be issued, delivered, sold, repurchased or redeemed, any of its equity securities;

 

    31 

     

    

 

(iii)          take
any action or enter into any commitment with respect to or in contemplation of any liquidation, dissolution, recapitalization, reorganization,
or other winding up of business or operations;

 

(iv)          merge
any Sale Entity into or with any other Person or consolidate any Sale Entity with any other Person;

 

(v)           (A) make,
revoke or modify any material Tax election of any Sale Entity, (B) settle, concede, or compromise any material Tax liability of
any Sale Entity, (C) change or otherwise alter the fiscal year, any matter related to Tax accounting, or any method of Tax
accounting of any Sale Entity, (D) file any amended Tax Return of any Sale Entity, (E) enter into any closing agreement in
which any Sale Entity is a party, (F) enter into any voluntary disclosure agreement or program with any Governmental Authority
relating to any Sale Entity, (G) settle, compromise, concede, or abandon any material Tax claim or assessment relating to any
Sale Entity, (H) surrender any right to claim a refund of material Taxes relating to any Sale Entity, (I) consent
to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any Tax, Tax claim, or Tax assessment relating to any Sale Entity
outside the ordinary course of business, (J) file any Tax Return of any Sale Entity (other than a Tax Return (I) that
is prepared in accordance with past practice and custom of the Sale Entities and (II) that is in accordance with the provisions
of this Agreement), or (K) change the tax residency or tax classification of any Sale Entity; or

 

(vi)          agree
to enter into any Contract or otherwise make any commitment to do any of the foregoing in this Section 5.5.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller may permit
any of the Sale Entities to take commercially reasonable actions with respect to emergency situations so long as Seller shall, upon receipt
of notice of any such actions, promptly inform Buyer of any such actions taken outside the ordinary course of business.

 

Section 5.6         Notice
of Changes. From the Effective Date until the earlier of Closing or termination of this Agreement,
each Party shall promptly advise the other in writing with respect to any fact, event or circumstance that arises after the Effective
Date of which such Party obtains knowledge and which, if existing or occurring at the Effective Date and not set forth in this Agreement
or any of the Schedules, would have constituted a breach of a representation or warranty of such Party contained in Article III
or Article IV, as the case may be, such that the closing condition in Section 6.2 or Section 7.2,
as the case may be, cannot be satisfied. Seller may notify Buyer in writing of any fact, event or circumstance arising after the Effective
Date that would constitute a breach of any of the representations and warranties of Seller in Article III or may otherwise
update the Schedules to reflect such fact, event or circumstance arising after the Effective Date, and such notice or update shall be
deemed to have: (i) amended this Agreement, including any appropriate Schedule; (ii) qualified the representations and warranties
contained in Article III; and (iii) cured any misrepresentation or breach of the representations or warranties that
otherwise might have existed hereunder by reason of such fact, event or circumstance, in the case of clauses (i), (ii), and (iii), for
the purpose of determining whether or not the condition set forth in Section 6.2 has been satisfied and with respect to Section 9.1(c).
Any actions of the Sale Entities required by this Agreement, including Section 5.5, or consented to in writing by Buyer shall
automatically be deemed to amend and update any appropriate Schedule and such amendment shall not be subject to, or included in, any
determination of whether the provisions of Sections 6.2 or 9.1(c) have been satisfied or are applicable.

 

    32 

     

    

 

 

Section 5.7             Excluded
Assets.

 

(a)            Notwithstanding
any provision herein to the contrary, the following assets shall be excluded from the Contemplated Transaction (the “Excluded
Assets”), and Seller shall have the right at any time prior to or at the Closing to dividend, transfer, dispose of, extinguish,
or otherwise exclude from the Sale Entities such assets:

 

(i)            all
trademarks, service marks and tradenames containing “Dominion” or “Dominion Energy” (the “Dominion
Marks”) shall remain the sole property of Seller or its Affiliates, as applicable;

 

(ii)           the
Contracts listed or referenced on Schedule 5.7(a); and

 

(iii)          the
Excluded Records.

 

(b)            To
the extent that any proceeds relating to the Excluded Assets are received by Buyer or its Affiliates (including any Sale Entity) after
the Closing, Buyer shall remit such proceeds to Seller within two (2) Business Days after receipt.

 

Section 5.8            Affiliate
Transactions.

 

(a)            All
Contracts solely between any Sale Entity, on the one hand, and Seller or its Affiliates (excluding any other Sale Entity), on the other
hand, shall be terminated in accordance with the terms of the applicable Contract (provided that general restrictions or advance notice
periods applicable to early termination may be waived and accrued but unpaid amounts may be accelerated) on or prior to the Closing,
without any further liability or obligation on the part of any party thereto so long as any financial liabilities or obligations arising
under such Contract are reflected in the Net Working Capital calculation; provided, for the avoidance of doubt, that no party to any
such Contract shall be released from any financial liability or obligation arising under any such Contract prior to the Closing that
is not reflected in the Net Working Capital calculation.

 

    33

     

    

 

(b)            Schedule
5.8(b) lists various guarantees, bonds, letters of credit or other financial assurances that have been provided by Seller or
its Affiliates on behalf of one or more of the Sale Entities (collectively, including any supplements or additional financial assurances
hereafter approved by Buyer or its Affiliates, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, referred to as the “Sale Entity
Credit Support”). Prior to the Closing, Buyer shall use Reasonable Efforts to replace all Sale Entity Credit Support, such
that on the Closing Date Buyer shall have effected the complete and unconditional release of all of the Sale Entity Credit Support in
a manner reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, Seller and the beneficiaries thereof, including by means of a letter of credit, escrow, posting
a bond or cash deposit, or other arrangements. To the extent that Buyer cannot cause the release, termination and replacement of any
such Sale Entity Credit Support, then from and after the Closing, (i) Buyer shall indemnify and hold harmless Seller and its Affiliates
(as applicable) from and against any and all Adverse Consequences that may be suffered, incurred or sustained by any of them or to which
any of them become subject, resulting from, arising out of or relating to any such Sale Entity Credit Support being in effect on or after
the Closing Date (including as a result of any draw or demand for or making of any payment by Seller or any such Affiliate of Seller
under any such Sale Entity Credit Support) with respect to the full extent of such Sale Entity Credit Support, (ii) Buyer shall
diligently continue to seek the release, termination and replacement of such Sale Entity Credit Support, including by means of a letter
of credit, escrow or posting a cash deposit, and (iii) Seller (or its applicable Affiliate) shall maintain such Sale Entity Credit
Support until the earlier of the date on which it is replaced or otherwise provided for and six (6) months after the Closing
Date; provided that Buyer’s indemnification obligations under clause (i) shall not affect Seller’s indemnification obligations
under Section 10.1. In addition, if Buyer cannot cause the release, termination and replacement of any such Sale Entity Credit
Support on or prior to the date that is six (6) months after the Closing Date, then on the date that is six (6) months after
the Closing Date, Buyer shall deliver to Seller a letter of credit, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Seller, equal to the
maximum liability under the Sale Entity Credit Support that has not been released, terminated and replaced as of such date.

 

Section 5.9             Name
of Sale Entities. Seller shall be permitted to remove all signage containing Dominion Marks
prior to the Closing. Buyer covenants and agrees to take all steps necessary to effectuate name changes to delete any references to “Dominion”
or “Dominion Energy” in the names of any of the Sale Entities within fifteen (15) Business Days after the Closing. Buyer
shall be solely responsible for any direct or indirect costs or expenses resulting from such change in use of name, and any resulting
notification or approval requirements. To the extent that any of the Sale Entities use any trademarks, service marks, brand names or
trade, corporate or business names which are owned by Seller (or any of its Affiliates other than the Sale Entities), or which incorporate
any of the Dominion Marks on any goods, stationery, signage, invoices, receipts, forms, packaging, advertising and promotional materials,
product, training and service literature and materials, computer programs or like materials, after the Closing, Buyer shall and shall
cause the Sale Entities to use Reasonable Efforts to limit and minimize its use of such materials, provided that in any event, Buyer
may not use such materials after sixty (60) days following the Closing Date.

 

    34

     

    

 

Section 5.10           Files
and Records.

 

(a)            On
or promptly following the Closing Date, and in any event prior to the expiration of the Transition Services Agreement, Seller shall promptly
deliver to Buyer copies of or electronic access to any Records (whether in hard copy or electronic format, and wherever located), that
are (i) identified from time to time by Seller (after use of its Reasonable Efforts to undertake such identification promptly following
the Closing) or (ii) identified by Buyer with written notice thereof delivered by Buyer to Seller, in either case as being in the
possession or control of Seller or its Affiliates or representatives and not otherwise in the possession or control of the Sale Entities
as of the Closing Date.

 

(b)            Notwithstanding
the foregoing provisions of Section 5.10(a), Seller shall not be required to deliver information to Buyer to the extent disclosure
of such information would (i) jeopardize any attorney-client privilege, protection under the work product doctrine or other legal
privilege, (ii) contravene any applicable Laws, fiduciary duty or binding agreement entered into prior to the date hereof or (iii) relate
to any consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Return filed by Seller or any of its Affiliates or any of their respective predecessor entities.

 

(c)            In
order to facilitate the resolution of any claims made by or against or incurred by Buyer or the Sale Entities after the Closing or for
any other reasonable purpose, for a period of 6 years following the Closing, Seller shall: (i) retain all Records which shall not
otherwise have been delivered to Buyer or the Sale Entities; (ii) provide to Buyer for any reasonable purpose relating to Buyer’s
ownership of the Sale Entities reasonable access to the Records upon reasonable prior notice during regular business hours and (iii) permit
Buyer (at Buyer’s expense) to make such extracts and copies thereof as Buyer may deem necessary; provided, that such access shall
not unreasonably interfere with the business or operations of Seller or its employees. For a period of six (6) years following the
Closing, Seller shall not destroy any such Records without providing Buyer with written notice detailing the contents of such Records,
and providing Buyer with the opportunity to obtain such Records, at least 90 days prior to the destruction thereof.

 

(d)            Buyer
shall retain possession of the Records for a period of six (6) years after the Closing Date or such other longer time period required
by Law. After the Closing Date, Buyer shall cause the Sale Entities to (i) provide to Seller for any reasonable purpose relating
to Seller’s ownership of the Sale Entities reasonable access to the Records upon reasonable prior notice during regular business
hours and (ii) permit Seller (at Seller’s expense) to make such extracts and copies thereof as Seller may deem necessary;
provided, that such access shall not unreasonably interfere with the business or operations of Buyer or its employees.

 

    35

     

    

 

Section 5.11           Insurance.

 

(a)            Following
the Closing and until the first anniversary of the Closing, Seller shall use Reasonable Efforts to assist Buyer in asserting claims with
respect to the activities and ownership of the Sale Entities covered under insurance policies of Seller or the Sale Entities (as the
case may be) arising out of insured incidents occurring from the date of coverage thereunder first commenced until the Closing, provided
that Buyer promptly reimburses Seller for Seller’s costs and out of pocket expenses incurred in performing such obligations. As
between Seller and Buyer, all recoveries in respect of such claims under any property insurance policies shall be for the account of
Buyer.

 

(b)            Prior
to the first anniversary of the Closing, Seller shall not, and prior to the Closing shall cause the Sale Entities to not, amend, commute,
terminate, buy-out, extinguish liability under or otherwise modify any insurance policies under which Buyer has rights to assert or continue
to prosecute claims pursuant to Section 5.11(a) in a manner that would materially adversely affect any such rights of
Buyer.

 

Section 5.12           Termination
of Existing Back-Leverage Financing.

 

(a)            Prior
to the Closing Date, Seller shall repay in full the Indebtedness (other than interest rate hedges that are the subject of the Swap Novation
Agreements) in respect of, and terminate, the Existing Back-Leverage Financing and cause all liens and guarantees granted in connection
therewith (except with respect to interest rate hedges that are the subject of the Swap Novation Agreements) to be terminated,
in accordance with the Payoff Agreement.

 

(b)            Prior
to the Closing Date, Seller may, in its sole discretion, terminate any interest hedging arrangements in place that are associated with
the Existing Back-Leverage Financing. After Closing but on the Closing Date, Buyer shall cause the Sale Entities to terminate the interest
rate hedging arrangements that are the subject of the Swap Novation Agreements and pay the Swap Breakage Fees in connection with such
termination in accordance with the Payoff Agreement.

 

Section 5.13           Exclusivity.
Seller agrees that between the date of this Agreement and the earlier of the Closing and the
termination of this Agreement, Seller shall not, and shall take all action necessary to ensure that none of the Sale Entities or any
of their respective Affiliates or Representatives shall, directly or indirectly:

 

(a)            solicit,
initiate, consider, encourage or accept any other proposals or offers from any Person (i) relating to any direct or indirect acquisition
or purchase of all or any portion of the capital stock or other equity or ownership interest of any Sale Entity, (ii) to enter into
any merger, consolidation or other business combination relating to the Sale Entities or (iii) to enter into a recapitalization,
reorganization or any other extraordinary business transaction involving or otherwise relating to the Sale Entities; or

 

(b)            participate
in any discussions, conversations, negotiations or other communications regarding, or furnish to any other Person any information with
respect to, or otherwise cooperate in any way, assist or participate in, facilitate or encourage any effort or attempt by any other Person
to seek to do any of the foregoing. Seller immediately shall cease and cause to be terminated all existing discussions, conversations,
negotiations and other communications with any Persons conducted heretofore with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

    36

     

    

 

ARTICLE VI

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO BUYER’S OBLIGATIONS

 

The obligation of Buyer to
purchase the Class B Interests and to take the other actions required to be taken by Buyer at the Closing under this Agreement shall
be subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by Buyer), at or before the Closing, of each of the following conditions, and Seller shall
use Reasonable Efforts to cause each of such conditions to be satisfied as promptly as practicable:

 

Section 6.1             No
Injunction. No Governmental Authority shall have issued any injunction or other Order (whether
temporary, preliminary or permanent) which prohibits or materially restrains the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions.

 

Section 6.2             Representations
and Warranties. The representations and warranties of Seller contained in Article III
(and with respect to those qualified by “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” and similar qualifiers without
consideration of such qualifier) shall be true and correct as of the Effective Date and as of the Closing as though made at and
as of the Closing (except that those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date need only be true
and correct as of such date), except for failures to be true and correct which do not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a
Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 6.3             Performance.
Seller shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants
required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it at or prior to the Closing.

 

Section 6.4             Approvals
and Filings. All consents, authorizations and approvals from, and all notices, filings and registrations
with, Governmental Authorities or third Persons that are listed on Schedule 3.10 shall have been obtained or made free of any
term, condition, restriction, imposed liability or other provisions that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected
to be material to the Sale Entities, taken as a whole, after the Closing, except where the failure to obtain or make the same is a result
of Buyer’s breach of its obligations hereunder, and all such consents, authorizations and approvals shall be in effect at the Closing.

 

Section 6.5             No
Legislation. No Law shall have been enacted which prohibits or materially restricts the consummation
of the Contemplated Transactions.

 

Section 6.6             Seller
Deliverables. Buyer shall have received each of the items to be delivered by Seller pursuant
to Section 8.2(a).

 

Section 6.7             No
Material Adverse Effect. No Material Adverse Effect that has occurred since the date of this
Agreement shall be continuing.

 

    37

     

    

 

ARTICLE VII

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO SELLER’S OBLIGATIONS

 

The obligation of Seller
to sell the Class B Interests and to take the other actions required to be taken by Seller at the Closing under this Agreement shall
be subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by Seller), at or before the Closing, of each of the following conditions, and Buyer shall
use Reasonable Efforts to cause each of such conditions to be satisfied as promptly as practicable:

 

Section 7.1             No
Injunction. No Governmental Authority shall have issued any injunction or other Order (whether
temporary, preliminary or permanent) which prohibits or materially restrains the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions.

 

Section 7.2             Representations
and Warranties. The representations and warranties of Buyer contained in Article IV
(and with respect to those qualified by “materiality,” “Material Adverse Effect” and similar qualifiers without
consideration of such qualifier) shall be true and correct as of the Effective Date and as of the Closing as though made at and as of
the Closing (except that those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date need only be true and
correct as of such date), except for failures to be true and correct which do not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a Buyer
Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 7.3             Performance.
Buyer shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants
required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it at or prior to the Closing.

 

Section 7.4             Approvals
and Filings. All consents, authorizations and approvals from, and all notices, filings and registrations
with, Governmental Authorities or third Persons that are listed on Schedule 4.4 shall have been obtained or made free of any term,
condition, restriction, imposed liability or other provisions that would reasonably be expected to be material to the Seller or its Affiliates,
except where the failure to obtain or make the same is a result of Seller’s breach of its obligations hereunder and all such consents,
authorizations and approvals shall be in effect at the Closing.

 

Section 7.5             No
Legislation. No Law shall have been enacted which prohibits or materially restricts the consummation
of the Contemplated Transactions.

 

Section 7.6             Buyer
Deliverables. Seller shall have received each of the items to be delivered by Buyer pursuant
to Section 8.2(b).

 

Section 7.7             Buyer
Guaranty. The Buyer Guaranty shall be in full force and effect.

 

ARTICLE VIII

CLOSING

 

Section 8.1             Time
and Place of Closing. Subject to Article IX, the closing of the sale by Seller and
the purchase by Buyer of the Class B Interests (the “Closing”) shall take place at the offices of McGuireWoods
LLP, Gateway Plaza, 800 E. Canal Street, Richmond, Virginia 23219 on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date on which
all of the conditions contained in Articles VI and VII are satisfied or waived (other than those conditions that by their
nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the fulfillment or waiver of those conditions); provided that, notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Closing shall not take place prior to December 1, 2021; and provided further that, notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Closing may take place at such other place, at such other time, or on such other date as the Parties hereto may mutually
agree (the date on which the Closing occurs being herein referred to as the “Closing Date”). The Closing shall
be effective as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the Closing Date.

 

    38

     

    

 

Section 8.2             Deliveries.
At the Closing:

 

(a)            Seller
will deliver, or cause to be delivered, the following to Buyer:

 

(i)            a
certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, signed by an officer of Seller certifying that the conditions set forth in Sections 6.2
and 6.3 have been satisfied;

 

(ii)           duly
executed resignations of all directors and officers of the Sale Entities elected or appointed by Seller or its Affiliates effective as
of the Closing;

 

(iii)          copies
of the consents, authorizations, approvals, notices, filings and registrations obtained or made as contemplated by Section 3.10;

 

(iv)         a
certificate complying with Section 1445 of the Code and Treasury Regulations thereunder, duly executed and acknowledged, certifying
that Seller is not a foreign person;

 

(v)           (A) certificates
representing the Class B Interests accompanied by transfer powers with respect to the Class B Interests, duly endorsed in blank,
in proper form for transfer, with appropriate transfer stamps, if any, affixed, or (B) evidence reasonably satisfactory to Buyer
that the certificates representing the Class B Interests will be delivered to Buyer promptly following the payment of the Existing
Back-Leverage Financing and termination of the interest rate hedging arrangements associated with the Existing Back-Leverage Financing
in accordance with Section 5.12;

 

(vi)          the
Payoff Agreement;

 

(vii)         counterparts
of each Swap Novation Agreement, duly executed by Seller and each other party thereto that is not Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer;

 

(viii)        a
counterpart of the Transition Services Agreement, duly executed by Seller; and

 

(ix)           all
such other documents, agreements, or instruments as shall, in the reasonable opinion of Buyer and its counsel, be reasonably necessary
in connection with the Contemplated Transactions, or required to be delivered by Seller at or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to this
Agreement.

 

(b)            Buyer
will deliver, or cause to be delivered, the following to Seller:

 

    39

     

    

 

(i)            the
Estimated Purchase Price required by Section 2.1(b) of this Agreement;

 

(ii)           a
certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, signed by an officer of Buyer certifying that the conditions set forth in Sections 7.2
and 7.3 have been satisfied;

 

(iii)          copies
of the consents, authorizations, approvals, notices, filings and registrations obtained or made as contemplated by Section 4.4;

 

(iv)          counterparts
of each Swap Novation Agreement, duly executed by each party thereto that is Buyer or an Affiliate of Buyer;

 

(v)           a
counterpart of the Transition Services Agreement, duly executed by Buyer; and

 

(vi)          all
such other documents, agreements, or instruments as shall, in the reasonable opinion of Seller and its counsel, be reasonably necessary
in connection with the Contemplated Transactions, or required to be delivered by Buyer at or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to this
Agreement.

 

ARTICLE IX

TERMINATION AND ABANDONMENT

 

Section 9.1             Methods
of Termination. This Agreement may be terminated and the Contemplated Transactions may be abandoned
as follows:

 

(a)            by
mutual written consent of Seller and Buyer;

 

(b)            by
either Seller or Buyer, if the Closing has not occurred on or before December 31, 2021 (the “Termination Date”);
provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 9.1(b) shall not be available
to Seller if Seller, or to Buyer if Buyer, has failed to fulfill, in all material respects, any of its obligation under this Agreement;
and provided further, that the Termination Date shall be automatically extended for an additional three (3) month period
if the Closing has not occurred by the end of the Termination Date due to the failure of a condition set forth in Section 6.4
or Section 7.4 being met with respect to obtaining the consent, authorization or approval from any Governmental Authority
or any third Person;

 

(c)            by
Buyer, if there shall have been a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of Seller contained in this
Agreement such that the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 or 6.3 would not be satisfied, and such breach is not
capable of being cured or, if capable of being cured, is not cured by Seller by the earlier of the Termination Date and the date that
is 30 days following receipt of written notice from Buyer of such breach; provided that Buyer shall not have the right to terminate
this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(c) if Buyer is then in material breach of any of its representations, warranties,
covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement;

 

    40

     

    

 

(d)            by
Seller, if there shall have been a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of Buyer contained in this
Agreement such that the conditions set forth in Section 7.2 or 7.3 would not be satisfied, and such breach is not
capable of being cured or, if capable of being cured, is not cured by Buyer by the earlier of the Termination Date and the date that
is 30 days following receipt of written notice from Seller of such breach; provided that Seller shall not have the right to terminate
this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(d) if Seller is then in material breach of any of its representations, warranties,
covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement; and

 

(e)            by
either Seller or Buyer, if any Governmental Authority shall have issued an Order or taken any other action enjoining or otherwise prohibiting
the Contemplated Transactions and such Order or other action shall have become final and nonappealable.

 

Section 9.2             Procedure
Upon Termination and Consequences. Buyer or Seller may terminate this Agreement when permitted
pursuant to Section 9.1 by delivering written notice of such termination to the other Party, and such termination shall be
effective upon delivery of such notice in accordance with Section 11.3. If this Agreement is terminated as provided herein,
this Agreement shall forthwith become void, except that Section 1.1 (Definitions), Section 1.2 (Terms Generally),
the last sentence of Section 5.1 (Access to Information; Continuing Disclosure), this Section 9.2 (Procedure
Upon Termination and Consequences), and Article XI (Miscellaneous) shall survive such termination. Such termination shall
be the sole remedy of the Parties with respect to breaches of any covenant, agreement, representation or warranty contained in this Agreement
and none of the Parties, their Affiliates or any of their respective stockholders, members, partners, managers or Representatives, as
the case may be, shall have any liability or further obligation to any other Party; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement
shall relieve a Party from liability for any willful breach of or willful failure to perform under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE X

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 10.1           Indemnification.

 

(a)            Indemnification
by Seller. Subject to the limitations set forth in this Article X, from and after the Closing, Seller shall, indemnify,
defend and hold harmless Buyer, its Affiliates and each of their respective stockholders, members, partners, managers and Representatives
(the “Buyer Indemnified Parties”), from any and all Adverse Consequences suffered, sustained, incurred or paid
by a Buyer Indemnified Party as a result of or arising out of (i) any breach of any representation or warranty of Seller contained
in Article III of this Agreement or in any certificate delivered by Seller pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) any breach
of any covenant or agreement of Seller contained in this Agreement, (iii) any Pre-Closing Taxes, or (iv) the Excluded Assets.

 

(b)            Indemnification
by Buyer. Subject to the limitations set forth in this Article X, from and after the Closing, Buyer shall indemnify,
defend and hold harmless Seller, its Affiliates and each of their respective stockholders, members, partners, managers and Representatives
(the “Seller Indemnified Parties”), from any and all Adverse Consequences suffered, sustained, incurred or
paid by a Seller Indemnified Party as a result of or arising out of (i) any breach of any representation or warranty of Buyer contained
in Article IV of this Agreement or in any certificate delivered by Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) any breach
of any covenant or agreement of Buyer contained in this Agreement, or (iii) any liability of the Sale Entities, whether arising
before, on or after the Closing (other than amounts payable by Seller pursuant to Section 10.1(a)).

 

    41

     

    

 

Section 10.2           Procedure
for Indemnification. Each claim for indemnification, including those claims resulting from
the assertion of liability by Persons not parties to this Agreement, including claims by any Governmental Authority for penalties,
fines and assessments, must be made by delivery by the Party to be indemnified (the “Indemnified Party”)
to the Party responsible for the indemnification obligation (the “Indemnifying Party”) of written notice containing
details reasonably sufficient to disclose to the Indemnifying Party the nature and scope of the claim including an estimate of the
amount of claimed Adverse Consequences and copies of all relevant pleadings, documents and information within ten (10) Business
Days after the Indemnified Party’s knowledge of such claim. Any failure in the delivery of such notice shall not affect the
obligations of the Indemnifying Party, except to the extent that the rights and remedies of the Indemnifying Party are adversely
affected or prejudiced as a result of the failure to give, or delay in giving, such notice.

 

(a)            In
the event that any Action is brought against an Indemnified Party for which the Indemnifying Party is required to indemnify the Indemnified
Party hereunder, the Indemnifying Party shall have thirty (30) days after the date the Indemnifying Party is notified of such Action
by the Indemnified Party to assume the defense of such Action and such defense shall include all appeals or reviews. If the Indemnifying
Party assumes the defense of any such claim, the Indemnifying Party shall (i) select counsel reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified
Party to conduct the defense of such claim and (ii) take all steps necessary in the defense or settlement thereof, at its sole cost
and expense. The Indemnifying Party shall not make any settlement of any claims without the written consent of the Indemnified Party,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided, however, that such consent shall not be required
if the settlement does not involve any finding or admission of any violation of Law or admission of any wrongdoing by the Indemnified
Party and the Indemnifying Party shall (i) pay or cause to be paid all amounts of such settlement or judgment concurrently with
the effectiveness of such settlement, and (ii) not encumber any of the assets of any Indemnified Party or agree to any restriction
or condition that would apply to or materially adversely affect any Indemnified Party. If the Indemnified Party withholds its consent
unreasonably, the Indemnified Party shall be obligated for any future expenses and excess settlement amounts. The Indemnified Party shall
fully cooperate at its expense in connection with the defense of any such claims including, without limitation, reasonable access to
the Indemnified Party’s records and personnel relating to such claim, and will have the right to participate in the defense of
any claim by counsel of its own choosing and at its own expense. The Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall reasonably cooperate
with each other and their respective counsel with respect to the defense or settlement of such claim. The Indemnified Party may defend
against any such claim, at the sole cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party, in such manner as it may deem reasonably appropriate
in accordance with the terms hereof if (x) the Indemnifying Party does not assume the defense of any such claim resulting therefrom
within thirty (30) days after the date the Indemnifying Party is notified of such claim by the Indemnified Party or (y) the Indemnified
Party reasonably concludes that the Indemnifying Party is not reasonably, diligently or in good faith defending the Indemnified Person;
provided, that the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to participate (with its own counsel at its own expense), and no compromise
or settlement shall be made by the Indemnified Party without the Indemnifying Party’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably
conditioned, withheld or delayed.

 

    42

     

    

 

(b)            In
the event that any Indemnified Party has a claim against any Indemnifying Party which may give rise to indemnity hereunder that does
not involve a claim brought by a third party, the Indemnified Party shall promptly notify the Indemnifying Party of the claim and the
facts constituting the basis for such claim and, if known, the amount or an estimate of the amount of the liability arising therefrom.
If the Indemnifying Party does not notify the Indemnified Party within thirty (30) days from receipt of such claim notice that the Indemnifying
Party disputes such claim, the Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have disputed such claim and any liability by the Indemnifying Party
therefor. If the Indemnifying Party does notify the Indemnified Party (or is deemed to have notified the Indemnified Party) that it disputes
such claim within the require thirty (30) day period, the Parties shall attempt in good faith to agree upon the rights of the respective
Parties with respect to such claim. If the Parties should so agree, a memorandum setting forth such agreement shall be prepared and signed
by both Parties. If such Parties shall not agree, each Party shall be entitled to take any action in law or in equity as such Party shall
deem necessary to enforce the provisions of this Article 10.

 

Section 10.3           Survival.
The representations and warranties of the Parties contained in this Agreement shall survive
the Closing for a period of twelve (12) months after the Closing Date; provided, however, that (i) each of the representations
and warranties set forth in Section 3.8 (Tax Matters) shall survive the Closing until the later of (A) the expiration
of the statute of limitations period applicable thereto and (B) the expiration of the statute of limitations (including extensions)
applicable to a Tax (or any other amount) included in, or includable in, Pre-Closing Taxes, and (ii) the Fundamental Representations
shall survive the Closing for a period of five (5) years after the Closing Date. The covenants and agreements of the Parties to
be performed or complied with prior to the Closing shall not survive the Closing and those covenants and agreements of the Parties that
by their terms are to be performed or complied with after the Closing shall survive for a period of thirty (30) days after their expiration
in accordance with their terms; provided, however, that the covenants of Seller set forth in Section 5.4 shall survive the
Closing until the later of the (A) expiration of the statute of limitations period applicable thereto and (B) the expiration
of the statute of limitations (including extensions) applicable to each Tax to which the covenant applies. No Indemnifying Party shall
have any liability for any claim for indemnification made pursuant to Section 10.1(a) or 10.1(b) by an Indemnified
Party hereunder unless the Indemnified Party notifies such Indemnifying Party of such claim in writing, setting forth in reasonable detail
the nature of the claim on or before the expiration of the time periods provided in the first sentence of this Section 10.3;
provided that if no notice of a claim for indemnification made pursuant to Section 10.1(a) or 10.1(b) has
been made within the time periods set forth above in this Section 10.3, then such claim for indemnification shall be waived.
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 10.3 to the contrary, if a claim notice is delivered under this Section 10.3
of any representation, warranty, covenant or indemnity obligation alleging a right to indemnification or defense for Losses arising
out of, relating to or attributable to the breach of such representation, warranty, covenant or indemnity obligation before the expiration
of the time periods provided in the first sentence of this Section 10.3, then such claim set forth in such claim notice and
any corresponding indemnity obligation shall continue to survive until the claims asserted in such claim notice that are based on such
breach have been fully and finally resolved.

 

    43

     

    

 

Section 10.4           Exclusive
Remedies. Following the Closing, except for actual fraud or willful misconduct, the rights and
remedies of Seller and the Seller Indemnified Parties, on the one hand, and Buyer and the Buyer Indemnified Parties, on the other hand,
for monetary damages under this Article X are, solely as between Seller and the Seller Indemnified Parties on the one hand,
and Buyer and the Buyer Indemnified Parties on the other hand, exclusive and in lieu of any and all other rights and remedies for monetary
damages which Seller and the Seller Indemnified Parties on the one hand, and Buyer and the Buyer Indemnified Parties on the other hand,
may have under this Agreement or under applicable Laws with respect to any indemnifiable claim, whether at common law or in equity, and
each Party agrees to waive any and all claims with respect thereto unless specifically provided for in this Section 10.4.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Party may bring an Action to enforce this Article X.

 

Section 10.5           Limitation
of Claims; Mitigation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein:

 

(a)            The
maximum aggregate liability of Seller under this Agreement shall in no event exceed an amount equal to the Base Purchase Price. In addition,
the maximum aggregate liability of Seller under this Agreement for claims pursuant to Section 10.1(a)(i) with respect
to the breach by Seller of any Fundamental Representation or any of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.8
shall not exceed an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Base Purchase Price, and the maximum aggregate liability of
Seller under this Agreement for all other claims pursuant to Section 10.1(a)(i) shall not exceed an amount equal to
ten percent (10%) of the Base Purchase Price (each of the limitations set forth in this Section 10.5(a), a “Cap”).

 

(b)            In
no event shall Seller have any liability to Buyer in respect of any indemnification obligations under Section 10.1(a)(i) of
this Agreement with respect to a breach of any representation or warranty of Seller contained in Article III of this Agreement
unless and until such liabilities exceed, in the aggregate, an amount equal to one percent (1%) of the Base Purchase Price (the “Basket
Amount”), and then only to the extent such liabilities are in excess of the Basket Amount, subject to the applicable Cap.

 

(c)            An
Indemnified Party shall not be entitled to any indemnity payment for breaches of representations and warranties by the Indemnifying Party
to the extent the Indemnified Party had actual knowledge of any event, action or circumstance giving rise to such breach prior to the
Closing; provided, however, that Buyer shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any such fact, event or circumstance arising after the
Effective Date as a result of Seller notifying Buyer of such event, action or circumstance after the Effective Date, except for deemed
amendments and updates to the Schedules to reflect actions of the Sale Entities that are required by this Agreement, including Section 5.5,
or consented to in writing by Buyer.

 

    44

     

    

 

(d)            Notwithstanding
anything in this Agreement, (i) Seller shall not be liable for any Adverse Consequences actually incurred or paid by a Buyer
Indemnified Party to the extent that an amount has been reserved, provided for or allowed for in the Financial Statements or if such
Adverse Consequences arose from (A) a change in accounting or Law, policy or practice made after the Closing Date or
(B) any Law not in force on or before the Closing Date, and (ii) no Party shall be responsible for Adverse
Consequences with respect to any claim which is contingent unless and until such contingent claim becomes an actual liability of the
Indemnified Party and is due and payable, so long as such claim was timely submitted pursuant to Section 10.3.

 

(e)             Notwithstanding
anything in this Agreement or any applicable Law to the contrary, it is understood and agreed by each of the Parties that no stockholder,
member, partner, manager, Representative or Affiliate of any Party hereto shall have (i) any personal liability to any Buyer Indemnified
Party or Seller Indemnified Party as a result of the breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained in this
Agreement or otherwise arising out of or in connection with the Contemplated Transactions, or (ii) any personal obligation to indemnify
any Buyer Indemnified Party or any Seller Indemnified Party for any claims pursuant to this Article X, and Buyer, for itself
and all other Buyer Indemnified Parties and Seller, for itself and all other Seller Indemnified Parties, hereby waive and release and
shall have no recourse against any of such Persons described in this Section 10.5(e) as a result of the breach of any
representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained herein or otherwise arising out of or in connection with the Contemplated Transactions.

 

(f)             Prior
to an Indemnifying Party having any obligation pursuant to Section 10.1(a) or Section 10.1(b), as applicable,
an Indemnified Party shall use Reasonable Efforts (including the reasonable expenditure of money, payment of legal fees, or pursuit of
reimbursement or indemnification or payment from a third Person or under applicable insurance policies with respect to such Adverse Consequences)
to mitigate all Adverse Consequences relating to an indemnifiable claim and shall provide such evidence and documentation of the nature
and extent of such claim as may be reasonably requested by the Indemnifying Party.

 

(g)            An
Indemnifying Party’s indemnification obligations under this Article X shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the
extent that the Adverse Consequences related to a claim is covered by and paid to the Indemnified Party pursuant to (i) a reimbursement,
indemnification or payment from a third Person with respect to such Adverse Consequences, or (ii) insurance policies that provide
coverage with respect to such Adverse Consequences.

 

(h)            For
the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any and all Adverse Consequences related to any claim by any Buyer Indemnified Party, such Adverse
Consequences shall not include any Adverse Consequences that such Buyer Indemnified Party would have incurred solely due to Buyer’s
or its Affiliate’s ownership of fifty percent (50%) of the JV Entities prior to the Closing (and assuming, for these purposes,
that none of the Contemplated Transactions ever occurred).

 

    45

     

    

 

(i)             NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY PROVISION IN THIS AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL ANY PARTY, OR ITS AFFILIATES, OR ITS OR THEIR
STOCKHOLDERS, MEMBERS, PARTNERS, MANAGERS, DIRECTORS OR REPRESENTATIVES, BE RESPONSIBLE OR LIABLE FOR AND NO PARTY SHALL BE
ENTITLED TO SEEK, ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, DAMAGES RELATED TO DIMINUTION IN VALUE, LOST BUSINESS, LOST PROFITS, LOST REVENUE, LOST INCOME, LOSS OF USE OR BUSINESS
REPUTATION OR OPPORTUNITY, LOSS OF DATA, FAILURE TO REALIZE SAVINGS OR BENEFITS, OR ANY DAMAGES BASED ON OR MEASURED BY ANY TYPE OF
MULTIPLE, OTHER THAN ANY SUCH DAMAGES SUFFERED BY ANY THIRD PARTY FOR WHICH ANY PARTY IS OBLIGATED TO INDEMNIFY ANOTHER PARTY UNDER
THE TERMS HEREOF, AND THE DEFINITION OF “ADVERSE CONSEQUENCES” IN SECTION 1.1 SHALL BE INTERPRETED TO
EXCLUDE SUCH DAMAGES) ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH LOSS.

 

(j)             For
purposes of determining the amount of Adverse Consequences resulting from, arising out of or related to a breach of any representation
or warranty for purposes of indemnification pursuant to this Article X, each such representation or warranty shall be read
without giving effect to any materiality or Material Adverse Effect limitations or qualifications thereto.

 

(k)            Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Section 10.5, or anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) neither any claim
related to any representation or warranty in Section 3.8 nor any claim related to Pre-Closing Taxes (including, for the avoidance
of doubt, any claim made pursuant to Section 10.1(a) relating to Pre-Closing Taxes) nor any claim related to any covenant
of Seller set forth in Section 5.4 shall be subject to any of the Basket Amount, the Financial Statements carve-out described
in Section 10.5(d) or the limitation set forth in Section 10.5(c) and (ii) as a result, neither
any claim related to any representation and warranty in Section 3.8 nor any claim related to Pre-Closing Taxes (including,
for the avoidance of doubt, any claim made pursuant to Section 10.1(a) relating to Pre-Closing Taxes) nor any claim
related to any covenant of Seller set forth in Section 5.4 shall be limited by such limits.

 

Section 10.6          Tax
Treatment of Indemnity Payments. Except as otherwise required by applicable Law, Seller and
Buyer agree to treat any indemnity payment made pursuant to this Article X as an adjustment to the Purchase Price for Tax
purposes.

 

Section 10.7           Waiver;
Disclaimer.

 

(a)             NOTWITHSTANDING
ANYTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT TO THE CONTRARY AND EXCEPT FOR THOSE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN ARTICLE III, IT
IS THE EXPLICIT INTENT OF EACH OF THE PARTIES, AND THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN ARTICLE III, NEITHER
SELLER NOR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE REPRESENTATIVES HAS MADE OR IS MAKING ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY
WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHETHER AT COMMON LAW, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, WRITTEN OR ORAL WITH RESPECT TO (I) THE
CLASS B INTERESTS, THE SALE ENTITIES OR ANY PART THEREOF, AND (II) THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE INFORMATION,
RECORDS, AND DATA NOW, HERETOFORE, OR HEREAFTER MADE AVAILABLE TO BUYER IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY SUCH OTHER
REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES ARE HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED. BUYER HAS NOT EXECUTED OR AUTHORIZED THE EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT
IN RELIANCE UPON ANY SUCH PROMISE, REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY NOT EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN.

 

    46

     

    

 

(b)            EXCEPT
AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, IN SECTION 5.4), SELLER’S INTERESTS
IN THE SALE ENTITIES ARE BEING TRANSFERRED THROUGH THE SALE OF THE CLASS B INTERESTS “AS IS, WHERE IS, WITH ALL FAULTS,”
AND SELLER EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE CONDITION, VALUE
OR QUALITY OF THE ASSETS (INCLUDING THE PRESENCE OR ABSENCE OF ANY HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES) OR OPERATIONS OF THE SALE ENTITIES OR THE PROSPECTS
(FINANCIAL OR OTHERWISE), RISKS AND OTHER INCIDENTS OF THE SALE ENTITIES AND ANY SUCH OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES ARE HEREBY
EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED, AND BUYER HAS AGREED TO RELY SOLELY AND EXCLUSIVELY UPON ITS OWN EVALUATION OF THE SALE ENTITIES. EXCEPT IN THE
EVENT OF FRAUD OR AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED FOR IN THIS AGREEMENT, SELLER SHALL NOT HAVE OR BE SUBJECT TO ANY LIABILITY TO BUYER OR ANY OTHER
PERSON RESULTING FROM THE DISTRIBUTION TO BUYER, OR BUYER’S USE OF OR RELIANCE ON, ANY INFORMATION, DOCUMENTS OR MATERIAL MADE
AVAILABLE TO BUYER IN EXPECTATION OF, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS.

 

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 11.1           Amendment
and Modification. This Agreement (other than amending Schedules pursuant to Section 5.6)
may be amended, modified and supplemented only by written agreement of Buyer and Seller.

 

Section 11.2          Waiver
of Compliance. Any failure of Buyer or Seller to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement
or condition contained herein may be expressly waived in writing by Seller, in the event of any such failure by Buyer, or by Buyer, in
the event of any such failure by Seller, but such waiver or failure to insist upon strict compliance shall not operate as a waiver of,
or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure.

 

    47

     

    

 

Section 11.3           Notices.
All notices, requests, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be
given under this Agreement shall be in writing and may be given by any of the following methods: (a) personal delivery; (b) email
transmission but only to the extent promptly followed by overnight or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested; (c) overnight
or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested; or (d) next day air courier service. Notices shall be sent to the
appropriate Party at its address or email address given below (or at such other address, electronic address or facsimile number for such
party as shall be specified by notice given hereunder).

 

If to Seller, to:

 

Dominion Solar Projects III, Inc. 

c/o Dominion Energy, Inc. 

120 Tredegar Street 

Richmond, Va. 23219 

Attn: Prabir Purohit, Vice
President - Finance 

Email: Prabir.Purohit@dominionenergy.com

 

with a copy to:

 

McGuireWoods LLP 

Gateway Plaza 

800 E. Canal Street 

Richmond, VA 23219 

Attn: Joanne Katsantonis 

Email: jkatsantonis@mcguirewoods.com

 

or to such other Person or address as Seller
shall designate in writing.

 

If to Buyer to:

 

Utah Solar Holdings II LLC 

c/o Clearway Energy LLC 

300 Carnegie Center Drive 

Princeton, New Jersey 08540 

Attn: General Counsel 

Email: OGC@clearwayenergy.com

 

with a copy to:

 

Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher
LLP 

1801 California Street, Suite 4200 

Denver, Colorado 80202 

Attn: Gerald P. Farano 

Email: jfarano@gibsondunn.com

 

or to such other Person or address as Buyer shall
designate in writing.

 

    48

     

    

 

All such notices, requests,
demands, waivers and communications shall be deemed effective upon (i) actual receipt thereof by the addressee, (ii) actual
delivery thereof to the appropriate address or (iii) in the case of an email transmission, transmission thereof by the sender to
the correct email address.

 

Section 11.4          Binding
Nature; Assignment. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties
hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, but neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations
hereunder shall be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, by any of the Parties hereto without the prior written consent of the
other Party. Nothing contained herein, express or implied, is intended to confer on any Person other than the Parties hereto or their
successors and assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement. Any assignment in contravention
of the foregoing sentence shall be null and void and without legal effect on the rights and obligations of the Parties hereunder.

 

Section 11.5           Entire
Agreement. This Agreement, including the Schedules and the Exhibits, and the Transaction Documents
embody the entire agreement and understanding of the Parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and therein. This
Agreement, including the Schedules and the Exhibits, and the Transaction Documents supersede all prior agreements and understandings
among the Parties with respect to such subject matter.

 

Section 11.6           Expenses. Each
Party shall pay its own expenses in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents, the performance
of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and the consummation of the Contemplated Transactions, including, except as otherwise
provided herein, the cost of legal, technical and financial consultants and the cost of filing for and prosecuting applications for
the consents, authorizations, approvals, notices, filings and registrations listed on Schedules 3.10 and 4.4. Buyer
and Seller shall each be responsible for the payment of 50% of the Transfer Taxes pursuant to Section 5.4(a). Buyer
shall be responsible for all payments, costs, fees and expenses to obtain the consent of any Person whose consent is
required, including those identified on Schedules 3.10 and 4.4, and Seller shall not be required to make any payments
or incur any fees or similar expenses with respect thereto.

 

Section 11.7           Press
Releases and Announcements; Disclosure. No press release or other public announcement or disclosure
related to this Agreement, any Transaction Document, or the Contemplated Transactions (including, but not limited to, the terms and conditions
of this Agreement or any Transaction Document) shall be issued or made by any Party without the prior written approval of the other Parties.
The foregoing shall not prohibit any disclosure required by Law or any securities exchange rules applicable to Seller or its Affiliates.

 

Section 11.8           No
Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Parties and their
respective successors and permitted assigns, and this Agreement shall not otherwise be deemed to confer upon or give to any other Person
any right, claim, cause of action, or other interest herein.

 

Section 11.9           Governing
Law; Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the Laws
of the State of New York without giving effect to the choice of law principles thereof. Each Party consents to personal jurisdiction
in any action brought in any court, federal or state, within the Borough of Manhattan having subject matter jurisdiction arising under
this Agreement, and each of the Parties hereto agrees that any action instituted by either of them against the other with respect to
this Agreement will be instituted exclusively in a court, federal or state, within the Borough of Manhattan. Each of the Parties hereto
irrevocably waives the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action.

 

    49

     

    

 

Section 11.10        WAIVER
OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY CONTROVERSY WHICH MAY ARISE
UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY
WAIVES ANY RIGHT A PARTY MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION RESULTING FROM, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO
THIS AGREEMENT OR THE CONTEMPLATED TRANSACTIONS. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (i) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY
OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO
ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (ii) EACH PARTY UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF THIS WAIVER, (iii) EACH PARTY
MAKES THIS WAIVER VOLUNTARILY, AND (iv) EACH PARTY HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL
WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 11.10.

 

Section 11.11        No
Joint Venture. Nothing in this Agreement creates or is intended to create an association,
trust, partnership, joint venture or other entity or similar legal relationship among the Parties, or impose a trust, partnership or
fiduciary duty, obligation, or liability on or with respect to the Parties. Except as expressly provided herein, neither
Party is or shall act as or be the agent or representative of the other Party.

 

Section 11.12        Severability.
If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced
by any Law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect
so long as the economic or legal substance of the Contemplated Transactions is not affected in any manner adverse to any Party. Upon
such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties shall negotiate in
good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in order that the Contemplated
Transactions be consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest extent possible.

 

Section 11.13        Counterparts.
This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature
page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

    50

     

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties
hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on the Effective Date.

 

	 	DOMINION SOLAR PROJECTS III, INC.
	 	 
	                                                                                        	By:	/s/
    Prabir Purohit                                                           
	 	 	Name: Prabir Purohit
	 	 	Title: Vice President - Finance
	 	 
	 	UTAH SOLAR HOLDINGS II LLC
	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Christopher
    Sotos
	 	 	Name: Christopher Sotos
	 	 	Title: PresidentExhibit 4.2

 

 

NRG ENERGY, INC.

 

AND EACH OF THE GUARANTORS PARTY
HERETO

 

3.875% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2032

 

 

 

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

Dated as of August 23, 2021

 

 

 

Deutsche Bank Trust

 

Company
Americas

 

Trustee

 

 

 

 

     

     

    

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	 	 	 	 	Page
	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 1 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
	BY REFERENCE
	 
	Section 1.01	 	Definitions	 	1
	Section 1.02	 	Other Definitions	 	16
	Section 1.03	 	[Reserved]	 	16
	Section 1.04	 	Rules of Construction.	 	16
	Section 1.05	 	Relationship with Base
    Indenture	 	17
	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 2 

THE NOTES
	 
	Section 2.01	 	Form and Dating	 	17
	Section 2.02	 	Execution and Authentication.	 	18
	Section 2.03	 	Holder Lists	 	19
	Section 2.04	 	Transfer and Exchange.	 	19
	Section 2.05	 	Issuance of Additional
    Notes	 	28
	Section 2.06	 	Interest Rate Step-Up
    of Notes	 	28
	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 3 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
	 
	Section 3.01	 	Notices to Trustee	 	29
	Section 3.02	 	Selection of Notes to
    Be Redeemed or Purchased.	 	29
	Section 3.03	 	Notice of Redemption	 	30
	Section 3.04	 	Effect of Notice of Redemption	 	31
	Section 3.05	 	Deposit of Redemption
    or Purchase Price	 	31
	Section 3.06	 	Notes Redeemed or Purchased
    in Part	 	31
	Section 3.07	 	Optional Redemption.	 	32
	Section 3.08	 	[Reserved].	 	33
	Section 3.09	 	Mandatory Redemption.	 	33
	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 4

 COVENANTS
	 
	Section 4.01	 	Payment of Notes	 	34
	Section 4.02	 	Maintenance of Office
    or Agency	 	34
	Section 4.03	 	Reports	 	34
	Section 4.04	 	Compliance Certificate	 	35
	Section 4.05	 	Taxes	 	36
	Section 4.06	 	Stay, Extension and Usury
    Laws	 	36
	Section 4.07	 	Liens	 	36
	Section 4.08	 	Corporate Existence	 	39
	Section 4.09	 	Offer to Repurchase Upon
    Change of Control Triggering Event	 	39
	Section 4.10	 	Additional Subsidiary
    Guarantees	 	41

 

    i 

     

    

 

	ARTICLE 5 

SUCCESSORS
	 
	Section 5.01	 	Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets	 	41
	Section 5.02	 	Successor Corporation Substituted.	 	41
	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 6

 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	 
	Section 6.01	 	Events of Default	 	42
	Section 6.02	 	Acceleration	 	45
	Section 6.03	 	Other Remedies	 	45
	Section 6.04	 	Waiver of Past Defaults	 	45
	Section 6.05	 	Control by Majority	 	45
	Section 6.06	 	Limitation on Suits	 	45
	Section 6.07	 	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment	 	46
	Section 6.08	 	Collection Suit by Trustee	 	46
	Section 6.09	 	Trustee May File Proofs of Claims	 	46
	Section 6.10	 	Priorities	 	47
	Section 6.11	 	Undertaking for Costs	 	47
	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 7 

TRUSTEE
	 
	Section 7.01	 	Compensation and Indemnity	 	47
	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 8
	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
	 
	Section 8.01	 	Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	 	48
	Section 8.02	 	Legal Defeasance and Discharge	 	48
	Section 8.03	 	Covenant Defeasance	 	49
	Section 8.04	 	Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	 	49
	Section 8.05	 	Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	 	50
	Section 8.06	 	Repayment to Company	 	51
	Section 8.07	 	Reinstatement	 	51
	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 9
	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
	 
	Section 9.01	 	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	 	51
	Section 9.02	 	With Consent of Holders of Notes	 	52
	Section 9.03	 	[Reserved]	 	53
	Section 9.04	 	Revocation and Effect of Consents	 	53
	Section 9.05	 	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	 	53
	Section 9.06	 	Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc	 	54
	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 10 

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
	 
	Section 10.01	 	Guarantee	 	54
	Section 10.02	 	Limitation on Guarantor Liability	 	55
	Section 10.03	 	Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantee	 	55
	Section 10.04	 	Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms	 	55
	Section 10.05	 	Releases	 	56

 

    ii 

     

    

 

	ARTICLE 11 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
	 
	Section 11.01	 	Satisfaction and Discharge	 	57
	Section 11.02	 	Application of Trust Money	 	58
	 	 	 	 	 
	ARTICLE 12 

MISCELLANEOUS
	 
	Section 12.01	 	[Reserved]	 	58
	Section 12.02	 	Notices	 	58
	Section 12.03	 	[Reserved]	 	59
	Section 12.04	 	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	 	59
	Section 12.05	 	Governing Law.	 	59
	Section 12.06	 	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	 	60
	Section 12.07	 	Successors	 	60
	Section 12.08	 	Severability	 	60
	Section 12.09	 	Counterpart Originals	 	60
	Section 12.10	 	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	 	60

 

	EXHIBITS
	 	 	 
	Exhibit A	 	FORM OF NOTE
	Exhibit B	 	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER 
	Exhibit C	 	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
	Exhibit D	 	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR
	Exhibit E	 	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE—ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

 

    iii 

     

    

 

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE, dated as of August 23, 2021, by and among NRG Energy, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the
Guarantors (as defined herein) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

The Company
has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an Indenture, dated as of December 2, 2020 (the “Base Indenture”),
providing for the issuance from time to time of one or more series of the Company’s securities.

 

The Company
and the Guarantors desire and have requested the Trustee, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Base Indenture, to join with them in the execution
and delivery of this Second Supplemental Indenture in order to supplement the Base Indenture as and to the extent set forth herein to
provide for the issuance and terms of the Notes (as defined below).

 

Section 9.01
of the Base Indenture provides that the Company and the Trustee, without the consent of any holders of the Company’s Securities,
may amend or waive certain terms and covenants in the Indenture as otherwise permitted under the Base Indenture.

 

The execution
and delivery of this Second Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized by a Board Resolution of the Company and each of the Guarantors.

 

All conditions
and requirements necessary to make this Second Supplemental Indenture a valid, binding and legal instrument in accordance with its terms
have been performed and fulfilled by the parties hereto and the execution and delivery thereof have been in all respects duly authorized
by the parties hereto.

 

The Company,
the Guarantors and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as
defined herein) of the 3.875% Senior Notes due 2032 (the “Notes”):

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION

BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01    Definitions.

 

For all purposes
of this Second Supplemental Indenture, the following terms will have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.01.

 

“144A
Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Legend and the Private
Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued
in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

“Additional
Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of the Company for borrowed money (excluding Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement) under
any debt securities or term loans broadly syndicated to institutional investors in a principal amount in excess of $300.0 million.

 

“Additional
Notes” means additional Notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Second Supplemental Indenture
in accordance with Section 2.05 hereof.

 

“Affiliate”
of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, means
the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether
through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the
Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled
by” and “under common control with” have correlative meanings.

 

    1 

     

    

 

“Agent” means any Registrar, co-registrar,
Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

 

“Applicable
Laws” means, as to any Person, any law, rule, regulation, ordinance or treaty, or any determination, ruling or other directive
by or from a court, arbitrator or other governmental authority, including the Electric Reliability Council of Texas, or any other entity
succeeding thereto, in each case applicable to or binding on such Person or any of its property or assets or to which such Person or
any of its property or assets is subject.

 

“Applicable
Premium” means, with respect to any Note on any redemption date, the greater of:

 

		(1)	1.0% of the principal amount of such Note;
                                            or

 

		(2)	the excess (if any) of:

 

		(a)	the present value at
                                            such redemption date of (i) the redemption price of such Note at February
                                            15, 2027 (such redemption price being set forth in the table appearing in Section
                                            3.07(d) hereof in the column “Percentage (if the Sustainability Performance Target
                                            has not been satisfied and/or the Sustainability Performance Target has not been confirmed
                                            by the External Verifier)” unless the Sustainability Performance Target has been satisfied
                                            in respect of the year ended December 31, 2025 and the Company has provided confirmation
                                            thereof to the Trustee together with a related confirmation by the External Verifier by the
                                            Notification Date as set forth under Section 2.06 in which case the redemption price
                                            shall be as set forth in the column “Percentage (if the Sustainability Performance
                                            Target has been satisfied and the Sustainability Performance Target has been confirmed by
                                            the External Verifier)”) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the
                                            Note through February 15, 2027 (excluding accrued but
                                            unpaid interest to the redemption date) (calculated, with respect to the Notes, at a rate
                                            of 3.875% per annum until the Interest Rate Step Up Trigger
                                            Date, at which point the interest rate shall be deemed to be the Subsequent Rate of
                                            Interest unless the Sustainability Performance Target has been satisfied in respect of the
                                            year ended December 31, 2025 and the Company has provided
                                            confirmation thereof to the Trustee together with a related confirmation by the External
                                            Verifier by the Notification Date as set forth under Section 2.06), computed using
                                            a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points;
                                            over

 

		(b)	the principal amount of the Note.

 

“Applicable
Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and
procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange.

 

“Bankruptcy Law” means
Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of

debtors.

 

“Base
Indenture” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Second Supplemental Indenture, as amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

    2 

     

    

 

“Beneficial
Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act. The terms “Beneficially
Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning.

 

“Board of Directors”
means:

 

(1)             
with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf
of such board;

 

(2)             
with respect to a partnership, the Board of Directors of the general partner of the partnership;

 

(3)              with
respect to a limited liability company, the managing member or members or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and

 

(4)             
with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

“Board
Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been adopted
by the Board of Directors or pursuant to authorization by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of the
certificate and delivered to the Trustee.

 

“Business Day” means
any day other than a Legal Holiday.

 

“Capital
Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease
that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall
be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be
prepaid by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

 

“Capital Stock” means:

 

(1)             
in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

(2)              in
the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated)
of corporate stock;

 

(3)              in
the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership interests (whether general or limited) or membership interests; and

 

(4)            
any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions
of assets of, the issuing Person, but excluding from all of the foregoing any debt securities convertible into Capital Stock, whether
or not such debt securities include any right of participation with Capital Stock.

 

“Change of Control” means
the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(1)             
the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one
or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken
as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit
plan of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary
or administrator of such plan); or

 

    3 

     

    

 

(2)             
the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any
 “person” (as defined above), other than a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in
substantially the same proportion as their ownership of stock of the Company prior to such transaction, becomes the Beneficial Owner,
directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares.

 

“Change
of Control Triggering Event” means, with respect to the Notes, (i) a Change of Control has occurred and (ii) the Notes are
downgraded by both Rating Agencies on any date during the 60-day period commencing after the earlier of (a) the occurrence of a Change
of Control and (b) public disclosure by the Company of the occurrence of a Change of Control or the Company’s intention to effect
a Change of Control; provided, however, that a particular reduction in rating will not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular
Change of Control (and thus will not constitute a Change of Control Triggering Event) if the Rating Agencies making the reduction in
rating to which this definition would otherwise apply do not announce or publicly confirm or inform the Trustee in writing at the Company’s
or the Trustee’s request that such downgrade was the result of the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable
Change of Control has occurred at the time of such downgrade); provided further that no Change of Control Triggering Event shall occur
if following such downgrade, (x) the Notes are rated Investment Grade by both Rating Agencies or (y) the ratings of the Notes by both
Rating Agencies are equal to or better than their respective ratings on the Issue Date.

 

“Clearstream” means
Clearstream Banking, S.A.

 

“Commodity
Hedging Agreements” means certain specified commodity hedging agreements identified in the Credit Agreement and any other agreement
(including each confirmation or transaction entered into or consummated pursuant to any Master Agreement) providing for swaps, caps,
collars, puts, calls, floors, futures, options, spots, forwards, any physical or financial commodity contracts or agreements, power purchase,
sale or exchange agreements, fuel purchase, sale, exchange or tolling agreements, emissions and other environmental credit purchase or
sales agreements, power transmission agreements, fuel transportation agreements, fuel storage agreements, netting agreements, commercial
or trading agreements, capacity agreements or weather derivatives agreements, each with respect to, or involving the purchase, exchange
(including an option to purchase or exchange), transmission, distribution, sale, lease, transportation, storage, processing or hedge
of (whether physical, financial, or a combination thereof), any Covered Commodity, service or risk, price or price indices for any such
Covered Commodities, services or risks or any other similar agreements, any renewable energy credits, emission, carbon and other environmental
credits and any other credits, assets or attributes, howsoever entitled or designated, including related to any “cap and trade”,
renewable portfolio standard or similar program with an economic value, and any other similar agreements, in each case, entered into
by the Company or any other Guarantor.

 

“Commodity
Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under a Commodity Hedging
Agreement.

 

“Company” means
NRG Energy, Inc., and any and all successors thereto.

 

“Consolidated
Cash Flow” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such
period plus, without duplication:

 

(1)             
an amount equal to any extraordinary loss (including any loss on the extinguishment or conversion of Indebtedness or any net loss
on the disposition of assets), to the extent such losses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

    4 

     

    

 

(2)              provision
for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes
was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(3)              the
Fixed Charges of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such Fixed Charges were deducted in computing such
Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(4)              any
expenses or charges related to any equity offering, investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or Indebtedness permitted
to be incurred by this Indenture including a refinancing thereof (whether or not successful), including such fees, expenses or charges
related to the offering of the Notes and the Credit Agreement, and deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(5)              any
professional and underwriting fees related to any equity offering, investment, acquisition, recapitalization or Indebtedness permitted
to be incurred under this Indenture and, in each case, deducted in such period in computing Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(6)              the
amount of any minority interest expense deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income (less the amount of any cash dividends paid to
the holders of such minority interests); plus

 

(7)              any
non-cash gain or loss attributable to mark-to-market adjustments in connection with Hedging Obligations; plus

 

(8)            
without duplication, any writeoffs, writedowns or other non-cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding
any such charge that represents an accrual or reserve for a cash expenditure for a future period; plus

 

(9)              all
items classified as extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring non-cash losses or charges (including, without limitation, severance, relocation
and other restructuring costs), and related tax effects according to GAAP to the extent such non-cash charges or losses were deducted
in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

 

(10)           depreciation,
depletion, amortization (including amortization of intangibles but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in
a prior period) and other non- cash charges and expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents an accrual
of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period or amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period) of such
Person and its Subsidiaries for such period to the extent that such depreciation, depletion, amortization and other non-cash expenses
were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus

 

(11)            non-cash
items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business;
in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP (including, without limitation, any increase in amortization
or depreciation or other non-cash charges resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to any acquisition that is
consummated after the Issue Date); minus

 

(12)           
interest income for such period.

 

    5 

     

    

 

“Consolidated
Net Income” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and
its Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that:

 

(1)             
the Net Income of any Person that is not a Subsidiary or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting will be included
only to the extent of the amount of dividends or similar distributions (including pursuant to other intercompany payments but excluding
concurrent cash distributions) paid in cash to the specified Person or a Subsidiary of the Person;

 

(2)             
the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles will be excluded;

 

(3)              any
net after-tax non-recurring or unusual gains, losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) or other charges or revenue or expenses
(including, without limitation, relating to severance, relocation and one-time compensation charges) shall be excluded;

 

(4)              any
non-cash compensation expense recorded from grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other
rights to officers, directors or employees shall be excluded, whether under FASB 123R or otherwise;

 

(5)              any
net after-tax income (loss) from disposed or discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains or losses on disposal of disposed or
discontinued operations shall be excluded;

 

(6)              any
gains or losses (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) attributable to asset dispositions shall be excluded; and

 

(7)              any
impairment charge or asset write-off pursuant to Financial Accounting Statement No. 142 and No. 144 or any successor pronouncement shall
be excluded.

 

“continuing”
means, with respect to any Default or Event of Default, that such Default or Event of Default has not been cured or waived.

 

“Corporate
Trust Office of the Trustee” means (i) for purposes of surrender, transfer or exchange of any Note, Deutsche Bank Trust Company
Americas, c/o DB Services Americas, Inc., 5022 Gate Parkway, Suite 200, Jacksonville, FL 32256, Attn: Transfer Department and (ii) for
all other purposes, at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 or such other address as to which the Trustee may give written
notice to the Company.

 

“Credit
Agreement” means the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2016, among the Company, the lenders
party thereto, Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent and collateral agent, and various other parties acting as joint
bookrunner, joint lead arranger or in various agency capacities, as the same may be amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced
or refinanced from time to time.

 

“Credit
Facilities” means (i) one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement) or commercial paper
facilities, in each case with banks or other institutional lenders or other counterparties providing for revolving credit loans, term
loans, credit-linked deposits (or similar deposits), receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders
or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, (ii) debt securities
sold to institutional investors and/or (iii) Hedging Obligations with any counterparties, in each case, as amended, restated, modified,
renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in
part from time to time.

 

“Custodian”
means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.

 

“Default”
means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

    6 

     

    

 

“Definitive
Note” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.04
hereof. Definitive Notes will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global
Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

“Depositary”
means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03
of the Base Indenture as the Depositary, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such
pursuant to the applicable provision of the Indenture.

 

“Derivative
Instrument” with respect to a Person, means any contract, instrument or other right to receive payment or delivery of cash
or other assets to which such Person or any Affiliate of such Person that is acting in concert with such Person in connection with such
Person’s investment in the Notes (other than a Screened Affiliate) is a party (whether or not requiring further performance by
such Person), the value and/or cash flows of which (or any material portion thereof) are materially affected by the value and/or performance
of the Notes and/or the creditworthiness of the Company (the “Performance References”).

 

“Environmental
CapEx Debt” means Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries incurred for the purpose of financing capital expenditures
to the extent deemed reasonably necessary, as determined by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, in good faith and
pursuant to prudent judgment, to comply with applicable Environmental Laws.

 

“Environmental
Laws” means all former, current and future federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common law), treaties, regulations,
rules, ordinances and codes, and legally binding decrees, judgments, directives and orders (including consent orders), in each case,
relating to protection of the environment, natural resources, occupational health and safety or the presence, release of, or exposure
to, hazardous materials, substances or wastes, or the generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal,
transport, recycling or handling of, or the arrangement for such activities with respect to, hazardous materials, substances or wastes.

 

“Equity
Interests” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security
that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

 

“Euroclear” means
Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear system.

 

“Exchange Act” means
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Existing
Liens” means Liens on the property or assets of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries existing on the date of this Second
Supplemental Indenture securing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Liens incurred pursuant to clause
(1) of Section 4.07 hereof).

 

“External
Verifier” means a qualified provider of third-party assurance or attestation services appointed by the Company to review the
Company’s statement of MMtCO2e.

 

“Fixed
Charges” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(1)               the
consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued, including, without limitation,
amortization of debt issuance costs and original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment
obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, and net of the effect of all payments
made or received pursuant to Hedging Obligations in respect of interest rates; plus

 

    7 

     

    

 

(2)               the
consolidated interest of such Person and its Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; plus

 

(3)               any
interest accruing on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or one of its Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien
on assets of such Person or one of its Subsidiaries, whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon; plus

 

(4)               the
product of (a) all dividends, whether paid or accrued and whether or not in cash, on any series of preferred stock of such Person or
any of its Subsidiaries, other than dividends on Equity Interests payable in Equity Interests of the Company or to the Company or a Subsidiary
of the Company, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined
federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance
with GAAP; minus

 

(5)               interest income for such period.

 

“GAAP”
means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board
or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are
in effect from time to time; provided that any lease that would not be considered a capital lease pursuant to GAAP prior to the
effectiveness of Accounting Standards Codification 842 (whether or not such lease was in effect on such date) shall be treated as an
operating lease for all purposes under the Indenture and shall not be deemed to constitute a capitalized lease or Indebtedness hereunder.

 

“Global
Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.04(f)(2) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes
issued under this Second Supplemental Indenture.

 

“Global
Notes” means, individually and collectively, each Restricted Global Note and each Unrestricted Global Note deposited with or
on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that bears the Global Legend and that has the “Schedule
of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Security” attached thereto, issued in accordance with Sections 2.01, 2.02,
2.04(b)(3), 2.04(b)(4), 2.04(d)(2) or 2.04(f) hereof.

 

“Government
Securities” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America (including any agency or
instrumentality thereof) for the payment of which obligations or guarantees the full faith and credit of the United States of America
is pledged and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option.

 

“Guarantee”
means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or
indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements
in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to
keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take or pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise);
provided that standard contractual indemnities which do not relate to Indebtedness shall not be considered a Guarantee.

 

    8 

     

    

 

“Guarantors” means,
with respect to the Notes, each of:

 

(1)               the
Company’s Subsidiaries that Guarantee the Notes on the date of this Second Supplemental Indenture, until such time as they are
released pursuant to Section 10.05 of this Second Supplemental Indenture; and

 

(2)               any
other Subsidiary that executes a Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the Notes in accordance with the provisions of this Second Supplemental
Indenture,

 

and their respective successors and
assigns.

 

“Hedging Obligations”
means, with respect to any specified Person,

 

(1)               all
Interest Rate/Currency Hedging Obligations,

 

(2)               all
Commodity Hedging Obligations,

 

(3)               the
Obligations and other obligations under any and all other rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward
transactions, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options, cap transactions, floor transactions,
collar transactions or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into
the foregoing), whether or not such transaction is governed by or subject to any Master Agreement, and

 

(4)               the
Obligations and other obligations under any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the
terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association,
Inc. (or any successor thereof), any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement or any other master agreement (any such master agreement,
together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any
Master Agreement, in each case under clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4), entered into by such Person.

 

“Holder” means
a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

 

“IAI
Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Legend and the Private
Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued
in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

 

“Indebtedness”
means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person (excluding accrued expenses and trade payables, except
as provided in clause (5) below, and surety bonds), whether or not contingent:

 

(1)               in respect of borrowed money;

 

(2)               evidenced
by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 

(3)               in respect of banker’s acceptances;

 

(4)               representing
Capital Lease Obligations in respect of sale and leaseback transactions;

 

(5)               representing
the balance of deferred and unpaid purchase price of any property or services with a scheduled due date more than six months after such
property is acquired or such services are completed; or

 

    9 

     

    

 

(6)               representing
the net amount owing under any Hedging Obligations, if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and
Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

In addition, the
term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or
not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person
of any Indebtedness of any other Person; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be deemed not to exceed the lesser
of the amount secured by such Lien and the value of the Person’s property securing such Lien.

 

“Indenture”
means the Base Indenture, as amended or supplemented by this Second Supplemental Indenture, governing the Notes, in each case, as
amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with its respective terms.

 

“Indirect
Participant” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

 

“Initial
Notes” means the first $1,100,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Second Supplemental Indenture
on the Issue Date.

 

“Initial
Purchasers” means Barclays Capital Inc., Natixis Securities Americas LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC,
BMO Capital Markets Corp., Credit Agricole Securities (USA) Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Mizuho Securities USA LLC, MUFG Securities
Americas Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC and SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc. and shall include any other entity designed as such with
respect to any Additional Notes issued after the date of this Second Supplemental Indenture.

 

“Institutional
Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3)
or (7) under the Securities Act, who are not also QIBs.

 

“Interest Rate Step Up
Trigger Date” means August 15, 2026.

 

“Investment
Grade” means a rating of (i) Baa3 or better by Moody’s, (ii) BBB- or better by S&P, (iii) the equivalent of such
rating by such organization or (iv) if another Rating Agency has been selected by the Company, the equivalent of such rating by such
other Rating Agency.

 

“Issue Date” means
August 23, 2021.

 

“Legal
Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York or at a place of payment
are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment
may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the
intervening period.

 

“Lien” means,
with respect to any asset:

 

(1)               any
mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, restriction, collateral
assignment, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset;

 

(2)               the
interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease
having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset; and

 

    10 

     

    

 

(3)               in
the case of Equity Interests or debt securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such Equity
Interests or debt securities.

 

“Long
Derivative Instrument” means a Derivative Instrument (i) the value of which generally increases, and/or the payment or delivery
obligations under which generally decrease, with positive changes to the Performance References and/or (ii) the value of which generally
decreases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations under which generally increase, with negative changes to the Performance References.

 

“Master
Agreement” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the definition of “Hedging Obligations.”

 

“MMtCO2e”
means the sum of Scope 1 emissions (from direct operations), Scope 2 emissions (from electricity purchased) and Scope 3 emissions
(business travel only) during a given period, measured in millions of metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent, according to the World
Resources Institute/World Business Council for Sustainable Development Greenhouse Gas Protocol: A Corporate Accounting and Reporting
Standard, Revised Edition.

 

“Moody’s”
means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor entity.

 

“Nationally
Recognized Statistical Organization” means a nationally recognized statistical rating organization within the meaning of Section
3(a)(62) under the Exchange Act.

 

“Necessary
CapEx Debt” means Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries incurred for the purpose of financing capital expenditures
(other than capital expenditures financed by Environmental CapEx Debt) that are required by Applicable Law or are undertaken for health
and safety reasons. The term “Necessary CapEx Debt” does not include any Indebtedness incurred for the purpose of financing
capital expenditures undertaken primarily to increase the efficiency of, expand or re-power any power generation facility.

 

“Net
Income” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP
and before any reduction in respect of preferred stock dividends or accretion, excluding, however:

 

(1)               any
gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such gain or loss, realized in connection with the disposition of any
securities by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries;
and

 

(2)               any
extraordinary gain or loss, together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain or loss.

 

“Net
Short” means, with respect to a Holder or Beneficial Owner, as of a date of determination, either (i) the value of its Short
Derivative Instruments exceeds the sum of (x) the value of its Notes plus (y) the value of its Long Derivative Instruments as of such
date of determination or (ii) it is reasonably expected that such would have been the case were a Failure to Pay or Bankruptcy Credit
Event (each as defined in the 2014 ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions) to have occurred with respect to the Company or any Guarantor
immediately prior to such date of determination.

 

“Non-Recourse
Debt” means, with respect to the Notes, Indebtedness as to which neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors is liable as
a guarantor or otherwise.

 

“Non-U.S.
Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

 

    11 

     

    

 

“Notes”
has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Second Supplemental Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Additional Notes
shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Second Supplemental Indenture, and unless the context otherwise requires,
all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.

 

“Obligations”
means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the
documentation governing any Indebtedness.

 

“Offering
Memorandum” means the Offering Memorandum, dated August 9, 2021, related to the issuance and sale of the Initial Notes.

 

“Officer”
means, with respect to any Person, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief
Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Accounting Officer, the General Counsel, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer,
the Secretary, the Controller, Assistant Secretary or any Vice-President of such Person.

 

“Officer’s
Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by one of its Officers and that meets the requirements of
Section 11.05 of the Base Indenture.

 

“Opinion
of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel that meets the requirements of Section 11.05 of the Base Indenture,
subject to customary qualifications and exclusions. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Subsidiary of the
Company or the Trustee.

 

“Original
Issue Discount Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.04(f)(3) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under
this Indenture, if applicable.

 

“Participant”
means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream,
respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).

 

“Performance
References” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the definition of “Derivative Instrument.”

 

“Person”
means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization,
limited liability company or government or other entity.

 

“Principal
Property” means any building, structure or other facility, and all related property, plant or equipment or other long-term
assets used or useful in the ownership, development, construction or operation of such building, structure or other facility owned or
leased by the Company or any Guarantor and having a net book value in excess of 2.0% of Total Assets, except any such building, structure
or other facility (or related property, plant or equipment) that in the reasonable opinion of the Company is not of material importance
to the business conducted by the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

“Private
Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.04(f)(1) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this
Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

 

“Pro
Forma Cost Savings” means, without duplication, with respect to any period, reductions in costs and related adjustments that
have been actually realized or are projected by the Company’s Chief Financial Officer in good faith to result from reasonably identifiable
and factually supportable actions or events, but only if such reductions in costs and related adjustments are so projected by the Company
to be realized during the consecutive four-quarter period commencing after the transaction giving rise to such calculation.

 

    12 

     

    

 

“Project
Debt” means Indebtedness of one or more Project Subsidiaries incurred for the purpose of holding, constructing or acquiring
power generation facilities or related or ancillary assets or properties; provided that the Company is not liable with respect
to such Indebtedness except to the extent of a non- recourse pledge of equity interests in one or more Project Subsidiaries.

 

“Project
Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company held for the purpose of holding, constructing or acquiring power generation
facilities or related or ancillary assets or properties and any Subsidiary of the Company whose assets consist primarily of equity interests
in one or more other Project Subsidiaries; provided that a Subsidiary will cease to be a Project Subsidiary if it Guarantees any
Indebtedness of the Company other than obligations of the Company related to Project Debt of one or more Project Subsidiaries.

 

“QIB”
means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

 

“Rating
Agency” means (i) each of Moody’s and S&P and (ii) if either of Moody’s or S&P ceases to rate the Notes
or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available, a Nationally Recognized Statistical Organization selected by the Company which
shall be substituted for Moody’s or S&P, as the case may be.

 

“Refinancing
Liens” means Liens granted in connection with amending, extending, modifying, renewing, replacing, refunding or refinancing
in whole or in part any Indebtedness secured by Liens described in clauses (2) through (13) of Section 4.07 hereof; provided
that Refinancing Liens do not (a) extend to property or assets other than property or assets of the type that were subject to the
original Lien or (b) secure Indebtedness having a principal amount in excess of the amount of Indebtedness being extended, renewed, replaced
or refinanced, plus the amount of any fees and expenses (including premiums) related to any such extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing.

 

“Regulation
S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Regulation
S Global Note” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Legend and the Private
Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, issued in a denomination
equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

 

“Restricted
Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

“Restricted
Global Note” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.

 

“Restricted
Period” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

 

“Rule
144” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule
144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule 903” means
Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Rule 904” means
Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“S&P”
means S&P Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global Inc., or any successor entity.

 

    13 

     

    

 

“Screened
Affiliate” means any Affiliate of a Holder of the Notes (i) that makes investment decisions independently from such Holder
and any other Affiliate of such Holder that is not a Screened Affiliate, (ii) that has in place customary information screens between
it and such Holder and any other Affiliate of such Holder that is not a Screened Affiliate and such screens prohibit the sharing of information
with respect to the Company or their Subsidiaries, (iii) whose investment policies are not directed by such Holder or any other Affiliate
of such Holder that is acting in concert with such Holder in connection with its investment in the Notes, and (iv) whose investment decisions
are not influenced by the investment decisions of such Holder or any other Affiliate of such Holder that is acting in concert with such
Holder in connection with its investment in the Notes.

 

“SEC”
means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Second
Supplemental Indenture” means this Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the Company, the
Guarantors and the Trustee, governing the Notes, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with
the Base Indenture and the terms hereof.

 

“Secured
Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination (for purposes of this definition, the “Calculation Date”),
the ratio of (a) the Total Secured Debt as of such date to (b) the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company for the four most recent full
fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which financial statements are publicly available. For purposes of making the
computation referred to above:

 

(1)               investments
and acquisitions that have been made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including through mergers or consolidations, or any Person
or any of its Subsidiaries acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and including any related financing transactions and including
increases in ownership of Subsidiaries, during the four-quarter reference period or subsequent to such reference period and on or prior
to the Calculation Date will be given pro forma effect (in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, but including all
Pro Forma Cost Savings) as if they had occurred on the first day of the four-quarter reference period;

 

(2)               the
Consolidated Cash Flow attributable to discontinued operations, as determined in accordance with GAAP, and operations or businesses (and
ownership interests therein) disposed of prior to the Calculation Date, will be excluded;

 

(3)               any
Person that is a Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed to have been a Subsidiary at all times during such four-quarter period;
and

 

(4)               any
Person that is not a Subsidiary on the Calculation Date will be deemed not to have been a Subsidiary at any time during such four-quarter
period.

 

“Securities”
means all debentures, notes and other debt instruments of the Company of any Series authenticated and delivered under the Base Indenture,
including all Notes.

 

“Securities Act” means
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Series”
or “Series of Securities” means each series of Securities created pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Base
Indenture.

 

“Short
Derivative Instrument” means a Derivative Instrument (i) the value of which generally decreases, and/or the payment or delivery
obligations under which generally increase, with positive changes to the Performance References and/or (ii) the value of which generally
increases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations under which generally decrease, with negative changes to the Performance References.

 

    14 

     

    

 

“Significant
Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of
Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

 

“Stated
Maturity” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which
the payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness as of the first date it
was incurred in compliance with the terms of this Indenture, and will not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase
any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

“Subsidiary” means,
with respect to any specified Person:

 

(1)               any
corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled
(without regard to the occurrence of any contingency and after giving effect to any voting agreement or stockholders’ agreement
that effectively transfers voting power) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees of the corporation, association or
other business entity is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries
of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

 

(2)               any
partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b)
the only general partners of which are that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person (or any combination thereof).

 

“Subsidiary
Guarantee” means the Guarantee by each Guarantor of the Company’s obligations under the Indenture and the Notes, executed
pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture.

 

“Sustainability
Performance Target” means the MMtCO2e reduction target set forth in the Sustainability-Linked Securities Framework, which
results in MMtCO2e not exceeding 31.7 million of metric tons of carbon dioxide equivalent for the year ended December
31, 2025 for the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries.

 

“Sustainability-Linked
Securities Framework” means the Sustainability-Linked Securities Framework adopted by the Company in November 2020.

 

“Total
Assets” means the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
with GAAP, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Company.

 

“Total
Secured Debt” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company and the
Guarantors outstanding on such date that is secured by a Lien on any property or assets of the Company or any of the Guarantors (including
Capital Stock of Subsidiaries of the Company or Indebtedness of Subsidiaries of the Company) in the amount that would be reflected on
a balance sheet prepared at such time on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that (i) Total Secured Debt will
include only the amount of payments that the Company or any of the Guarantors is required to make, on the date Total Secured Debt is
being determined, as a result of any early termination or similar event on such date of determination and (ii) for the avoidance of doubt,
Total Secured Debt will not include the undrawn amount of any outstanding letters of credit.

 

“Treasury
Rate” means, as of any optional redemption date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States
Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15
(519) that has become publicly available at least two business days prior to the redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is
no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date
to the par call date; provided, however, that if the period from the redemption date to the par call date is less than
one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year
will be used.

 

    15 

     

    

 

“Unrestricted
Definitive Note” means a Definitive Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

“Unrestricted
Global Note” means a Global Note that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

“U.S. Person”
means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

“Voting
Stock” of any specified Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in
the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

Section 1.02           Other
Definitions.

 

For purposes
of the Notes, the following terms will have the meanings set forth in this Section 1.02.

 

	 
Term
	 	Defined
    in
 Section
	“Authentication
    Order”	 	 	2.02	 
	“Change
    of Control Offer”	 	 	4.09(a)	 
	“Change
    of Control Payment”	 	 	4.09(a)	 
	“Change
    of Control Payment Date”	 	 	4.09 (a)(2)	 
	“Covenant
    Defeasance”	 	 	8.03	 
	“Default
    Direction”	 	 	6.01(b)	 
	“Directing
    Holder”	 	 	6.01(b)	 
	“DTC”	 	 	2.04	 
	“Electronic
    Signature”	 	 	12.09	 
	“Event
    of Default”	 	 	6.01(a)	 
	“Legal
    Defeasance”	 	 	8.02	 
	“Noteholder
    Direction”	 	 	6.01(b)	 
	“Notification
    Date”	 	 	2.06	 
	“par
    call date”	 	 	3.07(a)	 
	“Payment
    Default”	 	 	6.01	 
	“Position
    Representation”	 	 	6.01(b)	 
	“Satisfaction
    Notification”	 	 	2.06	 
	“Subsequent
    Rate of Interest”	 	 	2.06	 
	“Verification
    Covenant”	 	 	6.01(b)	 

 

Section 1.03          [Reserved].

 

Section 1.04          Rules
of Construction.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

 (1)               a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(2)               an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

    16 

     

    

 

 (3)              “or” is not exclusive;

 

 (4)              “including” is not limiting;

 

 (5)              words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

 

 (6)             “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

 

 (7)              provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

 

(8)              references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; and

 

(9)              references to sections of the Indenture refer to sections of this Second Supplemental Indenture.

 

Section 1.05          Relationship
with Base Indenture.

 

The terms and
provisions contained in the Base Indenture shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Second Supplemental Indenture
and the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Second Supplemental Indenture, expressly agree
to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of the Base Indenture conflicts with the express
provisions of this Second Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of this Second Supplemental Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

The Trustee accepts
the amendment of the Base Indenture effected by this Second Supplemental Indenture and agrees to execute the trust created by the Base
Indenture as hereby amended, but only upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture, including the terms and provisions defining
and limiting the liabilities and responsibilities of the Trustee in the performance of the trust created by the Base Indenture, and without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or with respect to any of
the recitals or statements contained herein, all of which recitals or statements are made solely by the Company and the Guarantors, or
for or with respect to (1) the validity or sufficiency of this Second Supplemental Indenture or any of the terms or provisions hereof,
(2) the proper authorization hereof by the Company and the Guarantors, (3) the due execution hereof by the Company and the Guarantors
or (4) the consequences (direct or indirect and whether deliberate or inadvertent) of any amendment herein provided for, and the Trustee
makes no representation with respect to any such matters; and for the avoidance of doubt, the terms, provisions and covenants of Articles
3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 9 and 10 of the Base Indenture are superseded in their entirety with respect
to the Notes by this Second Supplemental Indenture.

 

ARTICLE 2 

THE NOTES

 

Section 2.01          Form and Dating.

 

(a)               The
Notes. The Notes shall be issued in registered global form without interest coupons. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate
of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements
required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Company shall furnish any such notations, legends or endorsements to the Trustee in
writing. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000.

 

    17 

     

    

 

The terms and
provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of the Indenture and the Company, the Guarantors
and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Second Supplemental Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions
and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of the Notes conflicts with the express provisions of the Base Indenture,
the provisions of the Notes shall govern and be controlling, and to the extent any provision of the Notes conflicts with the express
provisions of this Second Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of this Second Supplemental Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

(b)              
Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including
the Global Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued
in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Legend thereon and
without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such
of the outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of outstanding
Notes from time to time as reflected in the records of the Trustee and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented
thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. The Trustee’s records
shall be noted to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby,
in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.04 hereof.

 

(c)              
Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System”
and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking”
and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global
Note that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

 

Section
2.02          Execution and Authentication.

 

One Officer must sign the Notes for
the Company by manual signature, Electronic Signature (as defined below) or facsimile signature.

 

If an Officer
whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.

 

A Note will
not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature or Electronic Signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence
that the Note has been authenticated under this Second Supplemental Indenture.

 

The Trustee
shall, upon receipt of a written order of the Company signed by at least one Officer (an “Authentication Order”),
authenticate Notes for original issue under this Second Supplemental Indenture, including any Additional Notes issued pursuant to Section
2.05 hereof. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed the aggregate principal amount of Notes
authorized for issuance by the Company pursuant to one or more Authentication Orders, except as provided in Section 2.07 of the
Base Indenture.

 

The Trustee
may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever
the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Second Supplemental Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication
by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders, the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

 

    18 

     

    

 

Section 2.03          Holder
Lists.

 

The Trustee
shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all
Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest
payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may
reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders.

 

Section 2.04          Transfer
and Exchange.

 

(a)               Transfer
and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary,
by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to
a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes shall be exchanged by the Company for Definitive Notes
if:

 

(1)              the
Company delivers to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that it
is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the
Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary;

 

(2)              the
Company in its sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive Notes and
delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or

 

(3)              there
has occurred and is continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

 

Upon the occurrence
of any of the preceding events in (1), (2) or (3) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names and in any approved denominations
as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections
2.07 and 2.10 of the Base Indenture. Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note
or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.04(a) or Sections 2.07 or 2.10 of the Base Indenture, shall be
authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than
as provided in this Section 2.04(a), however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided
in Section 2.04(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

 

(b)               Transfer
and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall
be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Second Supplemental Indenture and the Applicable Procedures.
Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable,
as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

 

(1)             Transfer
of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons
who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions
set forth in the Private Placement Legend. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take
delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required
to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.04(b)(1).

 

(2)              All
Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial
interests that are not subject to Section 2.04(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar
either:

 

		(A)	both:

 

(i)             a
written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing
the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest
to be transferred or exchanged; and

 

    19 

     

    

 

(ii)            instructions
given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such
increase; or

 

		(B)	both:

 

(i)           a
written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing
the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged;
and

 

(ii)         
instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive
Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above.

 

(3)              Transfer
of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred
to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies
with the requirements of Section 2.04(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)               if
the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate
in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(B)               if
the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver
a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

 

(C)               if
the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate
in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof,
if applicable.

 

(4)             Transfer
and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note. A
beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note
if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.04(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)               if
the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in
item (1)(a) thereof; or

 

(B)                if
the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in
the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case of this Section
2.04(b)(4), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably
acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the
restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance
with the Securities Act.

 

    20 

     

    

 

 

If any such
transfer is effected pursuant to this Section 2.04(b)(4) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the
Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.04 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate
one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests
transferred pursuant to this Section 2.04(b)(4).

 

Beneficial interests
in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note.

 

(c)               
Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes for Definitive Notes. Transfers or exchanges of beneficial
interests in Global Notes for Definitive Notes shall in each case be subject to the satisfaction of any applicable conditions set forth
in Section 2.04(b)(2) hereof, and to the requirements set forth below in this Section 2.04(c).

 

(1)               
Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in
a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial
interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the
following documentation:

 

(A)             
if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted
Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

 

(B)              
if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(C)              
if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or
Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

(D)              
if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(3)(a) thereof;

 

(E)              
if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth
in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable;

 

    21 

     

    

 

(F)              
 if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth
in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

 

(G)              
if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate
to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,

 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate
principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.04(h) hereof, and the Company shall
execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate
principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section
2.04(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial
interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee
shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange
for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.04(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend
and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

 

(2)               
Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a
Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest
to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)             
if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted
Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof;
or

 

(B)              
if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person
who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit
B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth
in this Section 2.04(c)(2), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form
reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that
the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance
with the Securities Act.

 

(3)                Beneficial
Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest
to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section
2.04(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Unrestricted Global Note to be
reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.04(h) hereof, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note
issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.04(c)(3) shall be registered in such name or names
and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the
Registrar from or through the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Definitive
Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest
pursuant to this Section 2.04(c)(3) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

    22 

     

    

 

		(d)	Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Global Notes.

 

(1)               
Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive
Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes
to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar
of the following documentation:

 

(A)             
if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

 

(B)              
if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(C)              
if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule
903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

(D)             
if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(3)(a) thereof;

 

(E)              
if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof,
if applicable;

 

(F)              
if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect
set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof; or

 

(G)              if
such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a
certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof, the Trustee
will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of
clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, in the case of
clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note.

 

(2)               
Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note
may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person
who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

 

    23 

     

    

 

(A)             
 if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted
Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof;
or

 

(B)              
if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in
the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth
in this Section 2.04(d)(2), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form
reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that
the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance
with the Securities Act.

 

Upon satisfaction
of the conditions of this Section 2.04(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Notes and increase or cause to
be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

 

(3)               
Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive
Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who
takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for
such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased
the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

 

If any such
exchange or transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraphs (2)(B), (2)(D) or (3) above
at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order
in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal
amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

 

(e)               
Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s
compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.04(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes.
Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes
duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or
by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents
and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.04(e).

 

    24 

     

    

 

(1)               
Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered
in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)             
if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(B)              
 if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit
B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

 

(C)              
if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the
transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of
Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

 

(2)               
Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder
thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)             
if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate
from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

 

(B)              
if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in
the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications
in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth
in this Section 2.04(e)(2), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar
to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained
herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(3)               
Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such
Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such
a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

 

(f)                
Legends. The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture
unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

 

    25 

     

    

 

		(1)	Private Placement Legend.

 

(A)            Except
as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution
thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

 

“THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN
REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE
OR OTHER JURISDICTION AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF,
U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS
NOTE IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT WITHIN [IN THE
CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR OR SUCH SHORTER TIME UNDER APPLICABLE LAW] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS] AFTER THE
LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS
NOTE (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH NOTE) RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS NOTE EXCEPT (A) TO THE ISSUER OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF,
(B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE
THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (D) PURSUANT TO THE
EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (E) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION
FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), OR (F)
PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM
THIS NOTE IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE
TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT.”

 

(B)             Notwithstanding
the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(4), (c)(2), (c)(3), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2), (e)(3)
or (f) of this Section 2.04 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement
Legend.

 

		(2)	Global Legend. Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following
form:

 

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD
BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL
OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON
AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.04 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART
PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.04(A) OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT
TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE BASE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT
OF NRG ENERGY, INC.

 

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED
IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF
THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH
NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION
OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY
AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

 

    26 

     

    

 

(3)        Original
Issue Discount Legend. Each Note issued with original issue discount, if any, will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

“FOR THE PURPOSES OF SECTIONS
1272, 1273 AND 1275 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, THIS NOTE IS BEING ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT; FOR EACH
$1,000 IN AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE, THE ISSUE PRICE IS $[], THE AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT IS $[          ], THE ISSUE
DATE IS [ ], 202[ ] AND THE YIELD TO MATURITY IS [ ]% PER ANNUM.”

 

(g)               
Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have
been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each
such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 of the Base Indenture.
At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will
take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes
represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and a notation will be made on the records maintained by the Trustee or by
the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred
to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be
increased accordingly and a notation will be made on the records maintained by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the
Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

		(h)	General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

 

(1)               
To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and
Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof or at the Registrar’s request.

 

(2)               
No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any
registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental
charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer
pursuant to Sections 3.06, 4.09 and 9.05 hereof and Sections 2.10, 3.06 and 9.05 of the Base
Indenture).

 

(3)               
The Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of any Note selected for redemption in whole or in
part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

(4)               
All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes
shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Second Supplemental
Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

 (5)                The Company shall not be required:

 

(A)             
to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before
the day of any selection of Notes for redemption and ending at the close of business on the day of selection;

 

(B)              
to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion
of any Note being redeemed in part; or

 

    27 

     

    

 

(C)              
 to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

 

(6)               
Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company shall deem and
treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal
of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected by notice
to the contrary.

 

(7)               
The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.

 

(8)               
All orders, certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section
2.04 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile or electronic format (e.g. “pdf” or
 “tif”).

 

Section 2.05          Issuance of Additional Notes.

 

The Company
shall be entitled, upon delivery to the Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate, Opinion of Counsel and Authentication Order, to issue
Additional Notes under this Second Supplemental Indenture which shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date,
other than with respect to the date of issuance and issue price. The Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes issued
shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Second Supplemental Indenture.

 

With respect
to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a Board Resolution and an Officer’s Certificate, a copy of each which shall
be delivered to the Trustee, the following information:

 

(a)   
the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Second Supplemental
Indenture; and

 

 (b)     the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP number of such Additional Notes.

 

Section 2.06           Interest Rate Step Up of Notes.

 

From and including
the Interest Rate Step Up Trigger Date, the interest rate payable on the Notes shall be increased once by 25 basis points to 4.125% per
annum (the “Subsequent Rate of Interest”), to be first paid on the February 15, 2027 interest payment date, and such
Subsequent Rate of Interest will continue to apply up to, but excluding, the maturity date of the Notes, unless the Company has notified
(the “Satisfaction Notification”) the Trustee in writing at least 15 days prior to the Interest Rate Step Up Trigger
Date (the “Notification Date”) that, in respect of the year ended December 31, 2025:

 

(i)       the
Sustainability Performance Target has been satisfied; and

 

(ii)      the
satisfaction of the Sustainability Performance Target has been confirmed by the External Verifier in accordance with its customary procedures.

 

If, as of
the Notification Date, (x) the Company fails, or is unable, to provide the Satisfaction Notification, (y) the Sustainability
Performance Target has not been satisfied or (z) the External Verifier has not confirmed satisfaction of the Sustainability
Performance Target, the Subsequent Rate of Interest will apply from and including the Interest Rate Step Up Trigger Date and
thereafter up to, and including, the maturity date of the Notes. Whenever in this Second Supplemental Indenture there is mentioned,
in any context, the payment of amounts based upon the principal amount of the Notes or of principal, interest or of any other amount
payable under, or with respect to, the Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of interest for the
Notes calculated at the Subsequent Rate of Interest, as context may require, to the extent that, in such context, interest
calculated at the Subsequent Rate of Interest is, was or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

    28 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 3

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

Section 3.01          Notices to Trustee.

 

If the Company
elects to redeem the Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee,
at least 15 days (or such shorter period as the Trustee may in its sole discretion allow) but not more than 60 days before a redemption
date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth:

 

		(1)	the clause of this Second Supplemental Indenture pursuant to
which the redemption shall occur;

 

		(2)	the redemption date;

 

		(3)	the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed; and

 

		(4)	the redemption price or, where the redemption price cannot be
calculated at the time of such notice, the method of calculation thereof.

 

Section 3.02          Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased.

 

If less than all
of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select Notes for redemption on a pro rata basis among all outstanding
Notes or, if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities
exchange on which the Notes are listed, in either case, unless otherwise required by law or depositary requirements.

 

In the event of
partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less
than 10 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

 

The Trustee shall
promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption,
the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of
$1,000 in excess of $2,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount
of Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000 shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence,
provisions of this Second Supplemental Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for
redemption.

 

No Notes of $2,000
or less shall be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail or delivered electronically at least 10 but
not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption
notices may be mailed or delivered electronically more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with
a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Second Supplemental Indenture.

 

If any Note is
to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note shall state the portion of the principal amount of that
Note that is to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note shall be issued in the
name of the Holder of Notes upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption.
On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

 

    29 

     

    

 

Section 3.03          Notice of Redemption.

 

At least 10 days
but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, or delivered electronically,
a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be
mailed or delivered more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes
or a satisfaction and discharge of this Second Supplemental Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 hereof.

 

The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will
state:

 

 (1)               the redemption date;

 

(2)              
the redemption price or, where the redemption price cannot be calculated at the time of such notice, the method of calculation
thereof;

 

(3)               
if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption
date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation
of the original Note;

 

 (4)                the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(5)               
that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

 

(6)              
that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on
and after the redemption date;

 

(7)               
the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Second Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption
are being redeemed; and

 

(8)               
that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed
on the Notes.

 

At the Company’s
request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however, that
the Company has delivered to the Trustee, at least four (4) Business Days prior to the date such notice of redemption is to be distributed
to the Holders (or such shorter period as the Trustee in its sole discretion may allow), an Officer’s Certificate requesting that
the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

 

Any redemption
and notice thereof may, in the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent.

 

    30 

     

    

 

Section 3.04          Effect of Notice of Redemption.

 

Once notice of
redemption is mailed or delivered in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become, subject to any conditions
precedent set forth in the notice of redemption, irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price.

 

Section 3.05         Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price.

 

No later than 10:00
a.m. Eastern Time on the redemption or purchase date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient
to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued interest and premium, if any, on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date.
Promptly after the Company’s written request, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited
with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, accrued
interest and premium, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased.

 

If the Company
complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on
the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record
date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name
such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon
surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid
on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not
paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

 

Section 3.06         Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part.

 

Upon surrender
of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee shall
authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion
of the Note surrendered.

 

    31 

     

    

 

Section 3.07         Optional Redemption.

 

(a)              At any time prior to August 15, 2024, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal
amount of the Notes, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption price equal to 103.875% of the principal
amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date, with an amount equal to the net cash proceeds
of one or more equity offerings, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date; provided that:

 

(1)               
at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Second Supplemental Indenture (excluding Notes
held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

 

(2)               
the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such equity offering.

 

(b)              At any time prior to February 15, 2027, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not
less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed,
plus the Applicable Premium as calculated by the Company, as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the applicable date of redemption,
subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

(c)              
Except pursuant to the preceding paragraphs, the Notes will not be redeemable at the Company’s option prior to February 15,
2027.

 

    32 

     

    

 

(d)                On
or after February 15, 2027, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 10
nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below,
plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable date of redemption, if redeemed during the
twelve-month period beginning on February 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of the Notes on the
relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:

 

		 	Percentage	 	Percentage
	Year	 	(if the Sustainability 

Performance Target has been

 satisfied and the Sustainability

 Performance Target has been

 confirmed by the External 

Verifier)	 	(if the Sustainability Performance

 Target has not been satisfied

 and/or the Sustainability

 Performance Target has not been

 confirmed by the External

 Verifier)
	2027	 	101.938%	 	102.188%
	2028	 	101.292%	 	101.458%
	2029	 	100.646%	 	100.729%
	2030 and thereafter 	 	100.000%	 	100.000%

 

(e)               
Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06
hereof.

 

(f)                
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 3, in connection with any tender offer for, or other offer to purchase
the Notes, if Holders of not less than 90.0% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw
such Notes in such tender offer (or other offer to purchase) and the Company, or any third party making such a tender offer (or other
offer to purchase) in lieu of the Company, purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, all of the Holders
of the outstanding Notes will be deemed to have consented to such tender offer (or other offer to purchase), and accordingly the Company
will have the right, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such tender
offer expiration date (or purchase date pursuant to such other offer), to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase
at a redemption price in cash equal to the price paid to each other Holder of Notes (excluding any early tender, incentive or similar
fee) in such tender offer (or other offer to purchase), plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment (or payment pursuant
to another offer to purchase), accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. In determining whether the Holders of at
least 90.0% of the aggregate principal of the then outstanding Notes have validly tendered and not withdrawn such Notes in a tender offer
or other offer to purchase, such calculation shall include all Notes owned by an Affiliate of the Company (notwithstanding any provision
of this Second Supplemental Indenture to the contrary).

 

Section 3.08          [Reserved].

 

Section 3.09          Mandatory Redemption.

 

The Company
is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

    33 

     

    

 

ARTICLE
4 

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.01          Payment of Notes.

 

The Company shall pay or cause to
be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal,
premium, if any, and interest will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof,
holds as of 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and
sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.

 

Section 4.02          Maintenance of Office
or Agency.

 

The Company
will maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate
of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices
and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice
to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company fails to maintain
any such required office or agency or fails to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and
demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 

The Company may
also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all
such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission will
in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York
for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change
in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

The Company
hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with this Section
4.02.

 

Section 4.03          Reports.

 

(a)            Whether or not required by the SEC’s rules and regulations, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company shall furnish
to Holders or cause the Trustee to furnish to the Holders of Notes, within the time periods (including any extensions thereof) specified
in the SEC’s rules and regulations:

 

(1)               
all quarterly and annual reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company were required
to file such reports; and

 

(2)               
all current reports that would be required to be filed with the SEC on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.

 

All such reports
shall be prepared in all material respects in accordance with all of the rules and regulations applicable to such reports. Each annual
report on Form 10-K will include a report on the Company’s consolidated financial statements by the Company’s independent
registered public accounting firm. In addition, the Company shall file a copy of each of the reports referred to in clauses (1) and (2)
above with the SEC for public availability within the time periods specified in the rules and regulations applicable to such reports (unless
the SEC will not accept such a filing). To the extent such filings are made, the reports shall be deemed to be furnished to the Trustee
and Holders of Notes. The Trustee shall not be responsible for determining whether such filings have been made.

 

    34 

     

    

 

If, at any time,
the Company is no longer subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for any reason, the Company shall nevertheless
continue filing the reports specified in this Section 4.03(a) with the SEC within the time periods specified above unless the SEC
will not accept such a filing. The Company agrees that it shall not take any action for the purpose of causing the SEC not to accept any
such filings. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, the SEC will not accept the Company’s filings for any reason, the Company shall
post the reports referred to in this Section 4.03(a) on its website within the time periods that would apply if the Company were
required to file those reports with the SEC.

 

(b)                In
addition, the Company and the Guarantors agree that, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, at any time they are not required
to file the reports required by the preceding paragraphs with the SEC, they shall furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts
and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the
Securities Act.

 

(c)               
 Delivery of the reports and documents described above to the Trustee is for informational purposes only, and the Trustee’s
receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive notice or knowledge of any information contained therein or determinable from
information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is
entitled to conclusively rely on an Officer’s Certificate).

 

Section 4.04         Compliance Certificate.

 

(a)               
The Company and each Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officer’s
Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made
under the supervision of the signing Officer(s) with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled
its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or
her knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in
default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of
Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company
is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in
existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Notes is prohibited
or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

(b)               
So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware
of any Default or Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company
is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

    35 

     

    

 

Section 4.05         Taxes.

 

The Company
shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies
except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in
any material respect to the Holders.

 

Section 4.06         Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

 

The Company and
each of the Guarantors covenant (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) that they shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in
any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time
hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of the Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to
the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they shall
not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and
permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

Section 4.07         Liens.

 

The
Company will not, and will not permit any Guarantor to, create or permit to exist any Lien upon any Principal Property owned by the
Company or any Guarantor or upon any Equity Interests issued by, or Indebtedness of, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the
Company to secure any Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor without providing for the Notes to be equally and ratably secured
with (or prior to) any and all such Indebtedness and any other Indebtedness similarly entitled to be equally and ratably secured for
so long as such Indebtedness is so secured; provided, however, that this restriction will not apply to, or prevent the
creation or existence of:

 

(1)               
Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor under one or more Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount,
measured as of the date of creation of any such Lien and the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness, not exceeding the greatest of
(a) 30% of Total Assets, (b) $10.0 billion and (c) such amount as would not cause the Secured Leverage Ratio to exceed 3.5 to 1.0;

 

    36 

     

    

 

 (2)                 Existing Liens;

 

(3)               
Liens securing Indebtedness of any Person that (a) is acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries after the date hereof,
(b) is merged or amalgamated with or into the Company or any of its Subsidiaries after the date hereof or (c) becomes consolidated in
the financial statements of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries after the date hereof in accordance with GAAP; provided, however,
that in each case contemplated by this clause (3), such Indebtedness was not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition, merger, amalgamation
or consolidation and is only secured by Liens on the Equity Interests and assets of, the Person (and Subsidiaries of the Person) acquired
by, or merged or amalgamated with or into, or consolidated in the financial statements of, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(4)               
Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor incurred to finance (whether prior to or within 365 days after) the
acquisition, construction or improvement of assets (whether through the direct purchase of assets or through the purchase of the Equity
Interests of any Person owning such assets or through an acquisition of any such Person by merger); provided, however, that such
Indebtedness is only secured by Liens on the Equity Interests and assets acquired, constructed or improved in such financing (and related
contracts, intangibles, and other assets that are incidental thereto or arise therefrom (including accessions thereto and replacements
or proceeds thereof));

 

 (5)                 Liens in favor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(6)                Liens
securing Hedging Obligations; provided that such agreements were not entered into for speculative purposes (as determined by the
Company in its reasonable discretion acting in good faith);

 

(7)               
Liens relating to current or future escrow arrangements securing Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor;

 

(8)               
Liens to secure Environmental CapEx Debt or Necessary CapEx Debt that encumber only the assets purchased, installed or otherwise
acquired with the proceeds of such Environmental CapEx Debt or Necessary CapEx Debt;

 

(9)               
Liens encumbering deposits made to secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual or warranty requirements
of the Company or any Guarantor, including rights of offset and set-off;

 

(10)             Liens
arising in relation to any securitization or other structured finance transaction where (a) the primary source of payment of any
obligations of the issuer is linked or otherwise related to cash flow from particular property or assets (or where payment of such
obligations is otherwise supported by such property or assets) and (b) recourse to the issuer in respect of such obligations is
conditional on cash flow from such property or assets;

 

    37 

     

    

 

 (11)            
 Refinancing Liens;

 

(12)           
Liens on the stock or assets of Project Subsidiaries securing Project Debt or tax equity financing of one or more Project Subsidiaries;
and

 

(13)           
other Liens, in addition to those permitted in clauses (1) through (12) above, securing Indebtedness having an aggregate principal
amount, measured as of the date of creation of any such Lien and the date of incurrence of any such Indebtedness, not to exceed the greater
of (i) 3% of Total Assets and (ii) $750.0 million.

 

Liens securing
Indebtedness under the Credit Agreement existing on the date of this Second Supplemental Indenture will be deemed to have been incurred
on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) above. For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.07,
in the event that a Lien meets the criteria of more than one of the categories described in clauses (1) through (13) above, the Company
(a) will be permitted, in its sole discretion, to (i) classify such Lien on the date of incurrence and may later reclassify such Lien
in any manner (based on the circumstances existing at the time of any such reclassification) and (ii) divide and redivide the amount of
such Lien arising among more than one of such clauses and (b) will only be required to include such Lien in one of any such clauses.

 

If the Company
or any Guarantor proposes to create or permit to exist any Lien upon any Principal Property owned by the Company or any Guarantor or upon
any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company to secure any Indebtedness, other than as permitted
by clauses (1) through (13) of the previous paragraph, the Company will give prior written notice thereof to the Trustee, who will give
notice to the Holders of the Notes at the direction and expense of the Company, and the Company will further agree, prior to or simultaneously
with the creation of such Lien, effectively to secure all the Notes equally and ratably with (or prior to) such other Indebtedness, for
so long as such other Indebtedness is so secured.

 

    38 

     

    

 

Section 4.08         Corporate Existence.

 

Subject to Article
5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect:

 

(1)               
its corporate existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the
respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; and

 

(2)                the
rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

provided, however, that the
Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of
any of its Subsidiaries, if (a) the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of
the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect
to the Holders of the Notes or (b) if a Subsidiary is to be dissolved, such Subsidiary has no assets.

 

Section 4.09         Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control
Triggering Event.

 

(a)               
 Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will make an offer (a “Change of Control Offer”)
to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000) of that Holder’s
Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest,
if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date (the “Change of Control Payment”). Within 30 days following any
Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will mail (or deliver electronically) a notice to each Holder describing the transaction
or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating:

 

(1)               
that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.09 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted
for payment;

 

(2)               
the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 10 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice
is mailed or delivered (the “Change of Control Payment Date”);

 

 (3)                 that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

 

(4)                
that, unless the Company defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the
Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(5)               
that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender the Notes,
with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, to the Paying Agent at
the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(6)               
that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on
the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder,
the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased;
and

 

(7)               
that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased
portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000
in excess of $2,000.

 

    39 

     

    

 

The Company shall
comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent
those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Triggering
Event. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.09,
the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations
under this Section 4.09 by virtue of such compliance.

 

(b)                     
On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:

 

(1)               
accept for payment all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

(2)               
 deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly
tendered; and

 

(3)               
deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating
the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company.

 

The Paying Agent
shall promptly distribute to each Holder of Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for the Notes, and the Trustee shall
promptly authenticate and deliver (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any
unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an
integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $2,000. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or
as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

 

(c)                    
The provisions described in Section 4.09(a) and (b) shall apply whether or not other provisions of this Second Supplemental
Indenture are applicable. Except as described in Section 4.09(a) and (b) hereof, Holders of Notes shall not be permitted
to require that the Company repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

 

(d)                   
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.09, the Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control
Offer upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if (1) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and
otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.09 and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not
withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer, or (2) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, unless
and until there is a default in payment of the applicable redemption price. A Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change
of Control Triggering Event, with the obligation to pay and the timing of payment conditioned upon the occurrence of a Change of Control
Triggering Event, if a definitive agreement to effect a Change of Control is in place at the time the Change of Control Offer is made.

 

(e)                    
If Holders of not less than 90.0% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such
Notes in a Change of Control Offer and the Company, or any third party making a Change of Control Offer in lieu of the Company in accordance
with Section 4.09(d)(1), purchases all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Company will have the
right, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase pursuant to
the Change of Control Offer, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price in cash equal to
the applicable Change of Control Payment, plus, to the extent not included in the Change of Control Payment, accrued and unpaid interest,
if any, to the date of redemption. In determining whether the Holders of at least 90.0% of the aggregate principal of the then outstanding
Notes have validly tendered and not withdrawn such Notes in a Change of Control Offer, such calculation shall include all Notes owned
by an Affiliate of the Company (notwithstanding any provision of this Second Supplemental Indenture to the contrary).

 

    40 

     

    

 

Section 4.10          Additional Subsidiary
Guarantees.

 

If,

 

(1)               
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acquires or creates another Subsidiary after the date of this Second Supplemental Indenture
and such Subsidiary Guarantees any Obligations of the Company under the Credit Agreement, or

 

(2)               
any Subsidiary that does not Guarantee any Obligations of the Company under the Credit Agreement as of the date of this Second
Supplemental Indenture (as amended, restated,

modified, renewed, refunded, replaced
or refinanced from time to time) subsequently Guarantees any Obligations of the Company under the Credit Agreement, or

 

(3)               
if there is no Indebtedness of the Company outstanding under the Credit Agreement at that time, any Subsidiary of the Company (including
any newly acquired or created Subsidiary) Guarantees any Obligations with respect to any other Additional Indebtedness,

 

then such newly acquired or created
Subsidiary or Subsidiary that subsequently Guarantees Obligations under the Credit Agreement or other Additional Indebtedness, as the
case may be, will become a Guarantor of the Notes and execute a supplemental indenture in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E
and deliver an Opinion of Counsel satisfactory to the Trustee within 60 business days of the date on which it was acquired or created
or guaranteed other Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company, as the case may be.

 

ARTICLE
5 

SUCCESSORS

 

Section 5.01          Merger, Consolidation
or Sale of Assets.

 

The Company
shall not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation);
or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and
its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless:

 

		(1)	either:

 

		(A)	the Company is the surviving corporation; or

 

(B)              
the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment,
transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company organized or existing
under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia; provided that if the Person is
a partnership or limited liability company, then a corporation wholly-owned by such Person organized or existing under the laws of the
United States, any state of the United States or the District of Columbia that does not and will not have any material assets or operations
shall become a co-issuer of the Notes pursuant to a supplemental indenture duly executed by the Trustee;

 

(2)               
the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company) or the Person to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition has been made assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and the
Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture or other documents and agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; and

 

		(3)	immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists.

 

In addition,
the Company will not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of the properties and assets of it and the Guarantors taken
as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.

 

This Section 5.01 shall not
apply to:

 

(1)               
a merger of the Company with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction or forming
a direct or indirect holding company of the Company; and

 

(2)               
any sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Subsidiaries,
including by way of merger or consolidation.

 

Section 5.02         Successor Corporation
Substituted.

 

Upon any consolidation
or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or
assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions
of, Section 5.01 hereof, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company is merged or to which
such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after
the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture
referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the successor Person and not to the Company), and may exercise every right
and power of the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein; provided,
however, that the predecessor Company shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest
on, the Notes except in the case of a sale of all of the Company’s assets in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies
with the provisions of, Section 5.01 hereof.

 

    41 

     

    

 

ARTICLE 6 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.01         Events of Default.

 

		(a)	Each of the following is an “Event of Default” with respect to the Notes:

 

		(1)	default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the Notes;

 

		(2)	default in the payment when due of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the

Notes;

 

(3)            failure by the Company or any Guarantor for 60 days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least
30% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes that are then outstanding to comply with any of the agreements in this Second Supplemental
Indenture (other than a default referred to in clause (1) or (2) of this Section 6.01(a));

 

(4)            default
under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness
for money borrowed by the Company or any Guarantor (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any Guarantor), whether such
Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Second Supplemental Indenture, if that default:

 

(A)             
is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the
grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”); or

 

(B)               results
in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity,

 

and, in each case, the principal amount of any such
Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the
maturity of which has been so accelerated, exceeds the greater of (i) 1.5% of Total Assets and (ii) $375.0 million; provided that
this clause (4) shall not apply to (i) secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the
property or assets securing such Indebtedness to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; (ii) Non-Recourse Debt (except to
the extent that the Company or any of the Guarantors that are not parties to such Non-Recourse Debt becomes directly or indirectly
liable, including pursuant to any contingent obligation, for any such Non- Recourse Debt and such liability, individually or in the
aggregate, exceeds the greater of (a) 1.5% of Total Assets and (b) $375.0 million), and (iii) to the extent constituting
Indebtedness, any indemnification, guarantee or other credit support obligations of the Company or any of the Guarantors in
connection with any tax equity financing entered into by a non-Guarantor Subsidiary or any standard securitization undertakings of
the Company or any of the Guarantors in connection with any securitization or other structured finance transaction entered into by a
non-Guarantor Subsidiary;

 

    42 

     

    

 

(5)         except
as permitted by this Second Supplemental Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee of any Guarantor (or any group of Guarantors) that constitutes
a Significant Subsidiary shall be held in any final and non-appealable judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease
for any reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor (or any group of Guarantors) that constitutes a Significant Subsidiary,
or any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor (or any group of Guarantors) that constitutes a Significant Subsidiary, shall deny or
disaffirm its or their obligations under its or their Subsidiary Guarantee(s);

 

		(6)	the Company or any of the Guarantors of the Notes that is a Significant Subsidiary
or any group of Guarantors of the Notes that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary:

 

		(A)	commences a voluntary case,

 

		(B)	consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

 

		(C)	consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all
or substantially all of its property,

 

		(D)	makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

 

		(E)	generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or

 

		(7)	a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree
under any Bankruptcy Law that:

 

(A)        is for relief against the Company or any Guarantor of the Notes that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors of
the Notes that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

 

(B)        appoints a custodian of the Company or any Guarantor of the Notes that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors of
the Notes that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company
or any Guarantor of the Notes that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors of the Notes that, taken together, would constitute
a Significant Subsidiary; or

 

(C)        orders
the liquidation of the Company or any Guarantor of the Notes that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors of the Notes
that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

 

 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

 

    43 

     

    

 

(b)       Any notice of Default, notice of acceleration or instruction to the Trustee to provide a notice of Default, notice of acceleration
or take any other action (a “Noteholder Direction”) provided by any one or more Holders of the then outstanding Notes
(each, a “Directing Holder”) must be accompanied by a written representation with a medallion guaranteed signature
from each such Holder to the Company and the Trustee that such Holder is not (or, in the case such Holder is DTC or its nominee, that
such Holder is being instructed solely by Beneficial Owners that are not) Net Short (a “Position Representation”),
which representation, in the case of a Noteholder Direction relating to a notice of Default (a “Default Direction”)
shall be deemed repeated at all times until the resulting Event of Default is cured or otherwise ceases to exist or the Notes are accelerated.
In addition, each Directing Holder must, at the time of providing a Noteholder Direction, covenant to provide the Company with such other
information as the Company may reasonably request from time to time in order to verify the accuracy of such Directing Holder’s Position
Representation within five Business Days of request therefor (a “Verification Covenant”). In any case in which the
Holder is DTC or its nominee, any Position Representation or Verification Covenant required hereunder shall be provided by the Beneficial
Owner of the Notes in lieu of DTC or its nominee, and DTC shall be entitled to rely on such Position Representation and Verification Covenant
in delivering its direction to the Trustee.

 

If, following
the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Company determines in good faith that there is a reasonable
basis to believe a Directing Holder was, at any relevant time, in breach of its Position Representation and provides to the Trustee an
Officer’s Certificate stating that the Company has initiated litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination
that such Directing Holder was, at such time, in breach of its Position Representation, and seeking to invalidate any Event of Default
that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction, the cure period with respect to such Event of Default shall be automatically stayed
and the cure period with respect to such Event of Default shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending a final and
non-appealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction on such matter. If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction,
but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Company provides to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder
failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant, the cure period with respect to such Event of Default shall be automatically stayed and the
cure period with respect to any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction shall be automatically reinstituted
and any remedy stayed until such time as the Company provides the Trustee with an Officer’s Certificate that the Verification Covenant
has been satisfied; provided that the Company shall promptly deliver such Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee upon becoming aware
that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied. Any breach of the Position Representation (as evidenced by the delivery to the Trustee
of the Officer’s Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant) shall result in such Holder’s
participation in such Noteholder Direction being disregarded; and if, without the participation of such Holder, the percentage of Notes
held by the remaining Holders that provided such Noteholder Direction would have been insufficient to validly provide such Noteholder
Direction, such Noteholder Direction shall be void ab initio, with the effect that such Event of Default shall be deemed never to have
occurred, acceleration voided and the Trustee shall be deemed not to have received such Noteholder Direction or any notice of such Default
or Event of Default.

 

Notwithstanding
anything in the preceding two paragraphs to the contrary, (i) any Noteholder Direction delivered to the Trustee during the pendency of
an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) shall not require compliance with the foregoing paragraphs
and (ii) a notice of Default may not be given with respect to any action taken, and reported publicly or to Holders, more than two years
prior to such notice of Default. The Trustee shall have no obligation to monitor or determine whether a Holder is Net Short and can rely
conclusively on a Directing Holder’s Position Representation, the Officer’s Certificates delivered by the Company and determinations
made by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

    44 

     

    

 

Section 6.02      Acceleration.

 

In the case
of an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a) hereof, with respect to the Company, any Guarantor of
the Company that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors of the Company that, taken together, would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default
occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare
all the Notes to be due and payable immediately. Upon any such declaration, the Notes shall become due and payable immediately.

 

Section 6.03      Other Remedies.

 

If an Event
of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of, premium, if any,
or interest on, the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

The Trustee
may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission
by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right
or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 6.04      Waiver of Past Defaults.

 

The Holders of
a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders
of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event
of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase);
provided, however, that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration
and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall
cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of the Indenture; but
no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.05      Control by Majority.

 

Subject to certain
limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes that are then outstanding may direct the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. However, the Trustee
may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to
the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability.

 

Section 6.06      Limitation on Suits.

 

No Holder of a Note may pursue any remedy with respect to
this Indenture or the Notes unless:

 

(1)         such
Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(2)         Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue
the remedy;

 

(3)         such Holder or Holders have offered the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss,
liability or expense it may incur;

 

    45 

     

    

 

(4)               
 the Trustee does not comply with such request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity;
and

 

(5)               
during such 60-day period, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee
a direction inconsistent with such request.

 

A Holder of a Note
may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder
of a Note.

 

Section 6.07      Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive
Payment.

 

Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest
on, the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring
suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent
of such Holder.

 

Section 6.08      Collection Suit by Trustee.

 

If an Event of
Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment
in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest
on, remaining unpaid on, the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall
be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.09      Trustee May File Proofs of
Claims.

 

The Trustee is
authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of
the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and
counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes),
its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable
or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments
to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the
Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel,
and any other amounts due to the Trustee under this Indenture, including without limitation, under Section 7.01 hereof. To the
extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any
other amounts due to the Trustee under this Indenture, including without limitation, under Section 7.01 hereof out of the estate
in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any
and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding
whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize
the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment
or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder
in any such proceeding.

 

    46 

     

    

 

Section 6.10      Priorities.

 

If the Trustee
collects any money pursuant to this Article 6 or, after an Event of Default, any money or other property distributable in respect
of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture, such money shall be applied in the following order:

 

First:
to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 of the Base Indenture, including payment of all compensation,
expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

Second:
to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, ratably, without preference
or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively;
and

 

Third: to
the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

 

The Trustee
may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 

Section 6.11      Undertaking for Costs.

 

In any suit
for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by
it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs
of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party
litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section
6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders
of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

 

ARTICLE 7

TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.01      Compensation and Indemnity.

 

(a)         The
Company will pay to the Trustee compensation as agreed in writing from time to time for its acceptance of this Indenture and services
hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company
will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition
to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s
agents and counsel. The Trustee may earn compensation in the form of short- term interest on items like uncashed distribution checks
(from the date issued until the date cashed), funds that the Trustee is directed not to invest, deposits awaiting investment direction
or received too late to be invested overnight in previously directed investments.

 

(b)         The
Company and the Guarantors will indemnify the Trustee against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out
of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture (including the fees and expenses of
counsel), including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors (including this Section
7.01) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, the Guarantors, any Holder or any other Person)
or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such
loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. The Trustee will notify the
Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company will not relieve the
Company or any of the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. The Company or such Guarantor will defend the claim and the Trustee
will cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of
such counsel. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor need pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent will not be
unreasonably withheld.

 

    47 

     

    

 

(c)         The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 7.01 will survive the satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture.

 

(d)        To
secure the Company’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.01, the Trustee will have a Lien prior
to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal of, premium, if any,
or interest on, particular Notes. Such Lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

(e)        When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clause (6) or (7) of Section 6.01(a)
hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended
to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

(f)        The Company’s and Guarantors’ obligations under this Section 7.01 shall survive the resignation or removal of
the Trustee, any termination of this Second Supplemental Indenture, including any termination or rejection of this Second Supplemental
Indenture in any insolvency or similar proceeding and the repayment of all the Notes.

 

ARTICLE 8

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

Section 8.01      Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or
Covenant Defeasance.

 

The Company may
at any time, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, elect to have
either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below
in this Article 8.

 

Section 8.02      Legal Defeasance and
Discharge.

 

Upon the Company’s
exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company and each of the Guarantors
shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their
obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes (including the Subsidiary Guarantees) on the date the conditions set forth in Section
8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the
Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes (including
the Subsidiary Guarantees), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05
hereof and the other Sections of the Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations
under such Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees and this Second Supplemental Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Base Indenture (and
the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the
following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

 

(1)          the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on
such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;

 

(2)          the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Section 4.02 hereof;

 

    48 

     

    

 

(3)            the
rights, powers, trusts, duties, indemnities and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and under the Base Indenture, and the Company’s
and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and

 

(4)            this Article 8.

 

Subject to compliance
with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of
its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

 

Section 8.03      Covenant Defeasance.

 

Upon the Company’s
exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company and the Guarantors shall,
subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under
Sections 4.07, 4.09 and 4.10 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set
forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes will thereafter
be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences
of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder
(it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means
that, with respect to the outstanding Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees, the Company and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall
have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason
of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein
or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01(a)
hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of the Indenture and such Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees shall be unaffected thereby.
In addition, upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03,
subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(a)(3), (4), (5)
and (8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default.

 

Section 8.04      Conditions to Legal or Covenant
Defeasance.

 

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance
or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof:

 

(1)        the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable
Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized investment
bank, appraisal firm, or firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the outstanding
Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Company must specify whether
the Notes are being defeased to such stated date for payment or to a particular redemption date;

 

(2)         in the case of an election under Section 8.02 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee confirming that:

 

(A)        the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling; or

 

(B)        since
the date of this Second Supplemental Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to
the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders and Beneficial Owners of the outstanding
Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be
subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such
Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

    49 

     

    

 

(3)        in
the case of an election under Section 8.03 hereof, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable
to the Trustee confirming that the Holders and Beneficial Owners of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for
federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in
the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(4)        no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event
of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit (and any similar concurrent deposit relating to other Indebtedness),
and the granting of Liens to secure such borrowings);

 

(5)        such
Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement
or instrument (other than this Indenture and the agreements governing any other Indebtedness being defeased, discharged or replaced)
to which the Company or any of the Guarantors is a party or by which the Company or any of the Guarantors is bound;

 

(6)       the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with
the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying
or defrauding any creditors of the Company or others; and

 

(7)      the
Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent
relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

 

Section 8.05      Deposited Money and Government
Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

 

Subject to Section
8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other
qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.04
hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such
Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as
the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if
any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Company shall
pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government
Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such
tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

 

Notwithstanding
anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the
request of the Company any money or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which,
in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof
delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount
thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 

    50 

     

    

 

Section 8.06      Repayment to Company.

 

Any money deposited
with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest
on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall
be paid to the Company on its written request or (if then held by the Company) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such
Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent
with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease; provided, however,
that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be
published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that,
after a date specified therein, which will not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance
of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Company.

 

Section 8.07      Reinstatement.

 

If the Trustee
or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. dollars or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise
prohibiting such application, then the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under the Indenture and the Notes and the
Subsidiary Guarantees will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03
hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest
on, any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes
to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE 9

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

Section 9.01      Without Consent of Holders of
Notes.

 

Notwithstanding
Article 9 of the Base Indenture and Section 9.02 of this Second Supplemental Indenture, without the consent of any Holder
of Notes, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Second Supplemental Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary
Guarantees:

 

(1)        to
cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect or inconsistency;

 

(2)        to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that such uncertificated Notes are
issued in registered form for U.S. tax purposes);

 

(3)       to
provide for the assumption of the Company’s Obligations to Holders of Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of
all or substantially all of the Company’s assets;

 

(4)        to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely
affect the legal rights under this Second Supplemental Indenture of any such Holder;

 

    51 

     

    

 

(5)            to
conform the text of this Second Supplemental Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes” section
of the Company’s Offering Memorandum;

 

(6)            to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Second Supplemental Indenture of a successor Trustee pursuant
to the requirements hereof;

 

(7)            to
provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Second Supplemental Indenture as of
the date hereof;

 

(8)            to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the Notes;

 

Upon the request
of the Company accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such amendment or supplement, and upon receipt by the
Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel certifying that such amendment or supplement is authorized or permitted
by the terms of this Second Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such
amendment or supplement and make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall
not be obligated to enter into such amendment or supplement that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under the Indenture or otherwise.

 

Section 9.02      With Consent of Holders of
Notes.

 

Except as provided
below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Second Supplemental Indenture (including,
without limitation, Section 4.09 hereof), the Notes, the Subsidiary Guarantees with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender
offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, any Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default
or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the
Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Second
Supplemental Indenture, such Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or
exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 of the Base Indenture shall determine which Notes are considered to
be “outstanding” for purposes of this Section 9.02.

 

Upon the request
of the Company accompanied by a Board Resolution and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent
of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel certifying
that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by the terms of this Second Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall
join with the Company and the Guarantors in the execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver unless such amendment, supplement or
waiver directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under the Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee
may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

It is not necessary
for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or
waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

    52 

     

    

 

After an
amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail or deliver electronically
to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail
or deliver such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or
supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof and Section 8.02 of the Base
Indenture, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding voting as a single class may waive
compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Second Supplemental Indenture, the Notes or the
Subsidiary Guarantees. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section
9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

 

(1)            reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(2)            reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the
Notes (other than provisions relating to the covenants described in Section 4.09 hereof and provisions relating to the number of
days’ notice to be given in case of redemption);

 

		(3)	reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

(4)            waive
a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration
of such Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment
default that resulted from such acceleration);

 

		(5)	make any Note payable in currency other than that stated in the Notes;

 

(6)            make any change in the provisions of this Second Supplemental Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders
of Notes to receive payments of principal of, premium, if any, or, interest on, the Notes;

 

(7)            waive
a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Section 4.09 hereof); or

 

(8)            make
any change in Section 9.02 hereof or Section 9.02 of the Base Indenture, as to the Notes, or in the preceding amendment
and waiver provisions.

 

Other than as expressly provided in
Section 9.02 above, the Base Indenture may only be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified as and to the extent provided in
the Base Indenture.

 

Section 9.03      [Reserved].

 

Section 9.04      Revocation and Effect of
Consents.

 

Until an amendment,
supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every
subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation
of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to
its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An
amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 

Section 9.05      Notation on or Exchange of
Notes.

 

The Trustee
may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in
exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect
the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Failure to make the appropriate notation
or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

    53 

     

    

 

Section 9.06      Trustee to Sign Amendments,
etc.

 

Upon its receipt
of any documentation required to be delivered to it pursuant to this Article 9, the Trustee shall sign any amendment or supplement
authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities
or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplement until the Board of Directors of the Company approves
it. In executing any amendment or supplement pursuant to this Article 9, the Trustee will be entitled to receive and (subject to
Section 7.01 of the Base Indenture) will be fully protected in relying upon an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel
stating that the execution of such amendment or supplement is authorized or permitted by the Indenture.

 

ARTICLE 10

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

 

Section 10.01      Guarantee.

 

(a)         Subject
to this Article 10, each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability
of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:

 

(1)         the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes shall be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by
acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes, if lawful,
and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be promptly paid in full or performed,
all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 

(2)         in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same shall be promptly
paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration
or otherwise.

 

Failing payment
when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantors will be jointly and severally
obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

(b)        The
Guarantors hereby agree that their obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability
of the Notes or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect
to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance
which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment,
demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding
first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Subsidiary Guarantee will not be discharged
except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and the Indenture.

 

(c)         If
any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantors or any custodian, trustee, liquidator
or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such
Holder, this Subsidiary Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

    54 

     

    

 

(d)         Each Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations
guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantors,
on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated
as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition
preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration
of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due
and payable by the Guarantors for the purpose of this Subsidiary Guarantee. The Guarantors will have the right to seek contribution from
any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantee.

 

Section 10.02      Limitation on Guarantor Liability.

 

Each Guarantor,
and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Subsidiary Guarantee
of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance
Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to any Subsidiary Guarantee. To
effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such
Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed
liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution
from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under this Article
10, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

Section 10.03      Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary
Guarantee.

 

Each Guarantor
hereby agrees that its Subsidiary Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding
any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Subsidiary Guarantee.

 

If an Officer
whose signature is on this Second Supplemental Indenture or on the Subsidiary Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee
authenticates the Note on which a Subsidiary Guarantee is endorsed, the Subsidiary Guarantee will be valid nevertheless.

 

The delivery
of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Subsidiary Guarantee set forth
in this Second Supplemental Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.

 

Section 10.04      Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on
Certain Terms.

 

Except as otherwise
provided in Section 10.05 hereof, no Guarantor may sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate
with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person, other than the Company or another Guarantor,
unless:

 

(1)        
immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

    55 

     

    

 

(2)         subject
to Section 10.05 hereof, the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving
any such consolidation or merger unconditionally assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee and this
Second Supplemental Indenture on the terms set forth herein pursuant to a supplemental indenture in form and substance reasonably satisfactory
to the Trustee;

 

In case of any
such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and
delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Subsidiary Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and
punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Second Supplemental Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such
successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor.
Such successor Person thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Subsidiary Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable
hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee. All the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued
will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Second Supplemental Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore
and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Second Supplemental Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had
been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

 

Except as set
forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, and notwithstanding clause (2) above, nothing contained in this Second Supplemental Indenture
or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company or another Guarantor, or will
prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company or another
Guarantor.

 

Section 10.05      Releases.

 

		(a)	The Subsidiary Guarantee of a Guarantor of Notes shall be released automatically:

 

(1)       in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way
of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Subsidiary
of the Company;

 

(2)       in connection with any sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after
giving effect to such transaction) the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, if following such sale or other disposition, that Guarantor
is not a direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(3)         upon defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of Notes as provided in Sections 8.01, 8.02, 8.03, 8.04
and 11.01 hereof;

 

(4)         upon the dissolution of a Guarantor that is permitted under this Second Supplemental Indenture; or

 

		(5)	otherwise with respect to the Guarantee of any Guarantor:

 

(A)        upon
the prior consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding;

 

(B)       if
the Company has Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement at that time, upon the consent of the requisite lenders under
the Credit Agreement to the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee of all Obligations under the Credit Agreement, or, if there
is no Indebtedness of the Company outstanding under the Credit Agreement at that time, upon the requisite consent of the holders of
all other Indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company that is guaranteed by such Guarantor at that time outstanding to the
release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee of all Obligations with respect to all other Indebtedness for borrowed money that is
guaranteed by such Guarantor at that time outstanding; or

 

    56 

     

    

 

(C)         if the Company has Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement at that time, upon the release of such Guarantor’s
Guarantee of all Obligations of the Company under the Credit Agreement, or, if there is no Indebtedness of the Company outstanding under
the Credit Agreement at that time, upon the release of such Guarantor’s Guarantee of all Obligations with respect to all other Indebtedness
for borrowed money of the Company at that time outstanding.

 

(b)         The
Subsidiary Guarantee of a Guarantor shall be released with respect to the Notes automatically upon Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance
or satisfaction and discharge of this Second Supplemental Indenture pursuant to Articles 8 and 11 hereof.

 

(c)           Upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the
action or event giving rise to the applicable release has occurred or was made by the Company in accordance with the provisions of this
Second Supplemental Indenture the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor
from its obligations under its Guarantee.

 

(d)           Any
Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee as provided in this Section 10.05 will remain liable
for the full amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under
the Indenture as provided in this Article 10.

 

ARTICLE 11

SATISFACTION AND
DISCHARGE

 

Section 11.01         Satisfaction and Discharge.

 

This Second Supplemental Indenture
will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:

 

		(1)	either:

 

(a)    all
Notes that have been authenticated, except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment
money has been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company, have been delivered to the Trustee for such Notes for cancellation;
or

 

(b)   all
Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the distribution of a notice
of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited
or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable
Government Securities, or a combination of cash in U.S. dollars and non-callable Government Securities, in such amounts as will be sufficient,
without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

 

    57 

     

    

 

(2)            in respect of subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 11.01, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing
on the date of the deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit)
and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company
or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Company or any Guarantor is bound;

 

(3)            the
Company or any Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it with respect to Notes under this Second Supplemental Indenture;
and

 

(4)            the
Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Second Supplemental Indenture to apply the deposited money toward
the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be.

 

In addition, the Company must deliver an Officer’s
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

 

Notwithstanding
the satisfaction and discharge of this Second Supplemental Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause
(b) of clause (1) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Sections 11.02 and 8.06 hereof will survive. In addition,
nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 of the Base Indenture, that,
by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Second Supplemental Indenture.

 

Section 11.02        Application of Trust Money.

 

Subject to the
provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in
trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and the Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through
any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto,
of the principal, premium, if any, and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need
not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

If the Trustee
or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or Government Securities in accordance with Section 11.01 hereof by reason of any
legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting
such application, the Company’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Second Supplemental Indenture and the Notes shall
be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof; provided that if the Company
has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the
Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or Government Securities
held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE
12

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.01        [Reserved].

 

Section 12.02        Notices.

 

Any notice or
communication by the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing, in English, and delivered in Person
or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier, as a “.pdf” attachment to an
email or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:

 

    58 

     

    

 

If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:

 

NRG Energy, Inc.

804 Carnegie Place

Princeton, NJ 08540

Telecopier No.: (609) 524-4501

Attention: General Counsel

 

If to the Trustee:

 

60 Wall Street, 24th Floor

Mail Stop: NYC60-2405

New York, New York 10005

USA

Attn: Corporates Team, NRG Energy, SF3657

Facsimile: (732) 578-4635

 

The Company,
any Guarantor or the Trustee, by notice to the others, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

All notices
and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally
delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied;
and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.

 

Any notice or
communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier
guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Failure to mail a notice or communication to
a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

 

If a notice
or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives
it.

 

If the Company
mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

Section 12.03        [Reserved].

 

Section 12.04        No Personal Liability of Directors,
Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

 

No director,
officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of
the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, this Second Supplemental Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on,
in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities
under the federal securities laws.

 

Section 12.05        Governing Law.

 

THE INTERNAL
LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES
WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION
WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

    59 

     

    

 

Section 12.06        No Adverse Interpretation of Other
Agreements.

 

This Second Supplemental
Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other
Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Second Supplemental Indenture.

 

Section 12.07        Successors.

 

All agreements
of the Company in the Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in the Indenture will bind its successors.
All agreements of each Guarantor in this Second Supplemental Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section
10.05 hereof.

 

Section 12.08        Severability.

 

In case any
provision in the Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 12.09        Counterpart Originals.

 

The
parties may sign any number of copies of this Second Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together
represent the same agreement. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including any electronic signature covered
by the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act of 2000, Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures
and Records Act or other applicable law (e.g., www.docusign.com)) (an “Electronic Signature”) or other
transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be legally valid, effective
and enforceable for all purposes.

 

Section 12.10        Table of Contents, Headings,
etc.

 

The Table of
Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Second Supplemental Indenture have been inserted for
convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Second Supplemental Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict
any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

    60 

     

    

 

IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date
first above written.

 

	 	NRG ENERGY,
    INC.
	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Gaëtan C. Frotté
	 	 	Name: 	Gaëtan C. Frotté
	 	 	Title:   	Senior Vice President and Treasurer

 

	 	GUARANTORS:
	 	 
	 	ACE
    ENERGY, INC.
	 	ALLIED
    HOME WARRANTY GP LLC
	 	ALLIED
    WARRANTY LLC
	 	ARTHUR
    KILL POWER LLC
	 	ASTORIA
    GAS TURBINE POWER LLC
	 	BIDURENERGY,
    INC.
	 	CABRILLO
    POWER I LLC
	 	CABRILLO
    POWER II LLC
	 	CARBON
    MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS LLC
	 	CIRRO
    ENERGY SERVICES, INC.
	 	CIRRO
    GROUP, INC.
	 	CONNECTICUT
    JET POWER LLC
	 	DEVON
    POWER LLC
	 	Direct
    Energy Business, LLC
	 	DUNKIRK
    POWER LLC
	 	EASTERN
    SIERRA ENERGY COMPANY LLC
	 	EL
    SEGUNDO POWER, LLC
	 	EL
    SEGUNDO POWER II LLC
	 	ENERGY
    CHOICE SOLUTIONS LLC
	 	ENERGY
    PLUS HOLDINGS LLC
	 	ENERGY
    PLUS NATURAL GAS LLC
	 	EVERYTHING
    ENERGY LLC
	 	FORWARD
    HOME SECURITY, LLC
	 	GCP
    FUNDING COMPANY, LLC
	 	GREEN
    MOUNTAIN ENERGY COMPANY
	 	GREGORY
    PARTNERS, LLC
	 	GREGORY
    POWER PARTNERS LLC
	 	Home
    Warranty of America, Inc.
	 	HUNTLEY
    POWER LLC
	 	INDEPENDENCE
    ENERGY ALLIANCE LLC
	 	INDEPENDENCE
    ENERGY GROUP LLC
	 	INDEPENDENCE
    ENERGY NATURAL GAS LLC
	 	INDIAN
    RIVER POWER LLC

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 

     

     

    

 

	 	MERIDEN
    GAS TURBINES LLC
	 	MIDDLETOWN
    POWER LLC
	 	MONTVILLE
    POWER LLC
	 	NEO
    CORPORATION
	 	NEW
    GENCO GP, LLC
	 	NORWALK
    POWER LLC
	 	NRG
    ADVISORY SERVICES LLC
	 	NRG
    AFFILIATE SERVICES INC.
	 	NRG
    BUSINESS SERVICES LLC
	 	NRG
    CABRILLO POWER OPERATIONS INC.
	 	NRG
    CALIFORNIA PEAKER OPERATIONS LLC
	 	NRG
    CEDAR BAYOU DEVELOPMENT COMPANY, LLC
	 	NRG
    CONNECTED HOME LLC
	 	NRG
    CURTAILMENT SOLUTIONS, INC.
	 	NRG
    DEVELOPMENT COMPANY INC.
	 	NRG
    DISPATCH SERVICES LLC
	 	NRG
    DISTRIBUTED ENERGY RESOURCES HOLDINGS LLC
	 	NRG
    ECOKAP HOLDINGS LLC
	 	NRG
    EL SEGUNDO OPERATIONS INC.
	 	NRG
    ENERGY LABOR SERVICES LLC
	 	NRG
    ENERGY SERVICES GROUP LLC
	 	NRG
    GENERATION HOLDINGS INC.
	 	NRG
    GREENCO LLC
	 	NRG
    HOME & BUSINESS SOLUTIONS LLC
	 	NRG
    HOME SERVICES LLC
	 	NRG
    HOME SOLUTIONS LLC
	 	NRG
    HOME SOLUTIONS PRODUCT LLC
	 	NRG
    HOMER CITY SERVICES LLC
	 	NRG
    HQ DG LLC
	 	NRG
    IDENTITY PROTECT LLC
	 	NRG
    ILION LP LLC
	 	NRG
    INTERNATIONAL LLC
	 	NRG
    MEXTRANS INC.
	 	NRG
    NORTH CENTRAL OPERATIONS INC.
	 	NRG
    PORTABLE POWER LLC
	 	NRG
    POWER MARKETING LLC
	 	NRG
    RENTER’S PROTECTION LLC
	 	NRG
    RETAIL LLC
	 	NRG
    ROCKFORD ACQUISITION LLC
	 	NRG
    SAGUARO OPERATIONS INC.
	 	NRG
    SECURITY LLC
	 	NRG
    SERVICES CORPORATION
	 	NRG
    SIMPLYSMART SOLUTIONS LLC
	 	NRG
    TEXAS GREGORY LLC
	 	NRG
    TEXAS HOLDING INC.
	 	NRG
    TEXAS LLC
	 	NRG
    TEXAS POWER LLC

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 

     

     

    

 

	 	NRG
    WARRANTY SERVICES LLC
	 	NRG
    WEST COAST LLC
	 	NRG
    WESTERN AFFILIATE SERVICES INC.
	 	OSWEGO
    HARBOR POWER LLC
	 	RELIANT
    ENERGY NORTHEAST LLC
	 	RELIANT
    ENERGY POWER SUPPLY, LLC
	 	RELIANT
    ENERGY RETAIL HOLDINGS, LLC
	 	RELIANT
    ENERGY RETAIL SERVICES, LLC
	 	RERH
    HOLDINGS, LLC
	 	SAGUARO
    POWER LLC
	 	SGE
    ENERGY SOURCING, LLC
	 	SGE
    TEXAS HOLDCO, LLC
	 	SOMERSET
    POWER LLC
	 	STREAM
    ENERGY COLUMBIA, LLC
	 	STREAM
    ENERGY DELAWARE, LLC
	 	STREAM
    ENERGY ILLINOIS, LLC
	 	STREAM
    ENERGY MARYLAND, LLC
	 	STREAM
    ENERGY NEW JERSEY, LLC
	 	STREAM
    ENERGY NEW YORK, LLC
	 	STREAM
    ENERGY PENNSYLVANIA, LLC
	 	STREAM
    GEORGIA GAS SPE, LLC
	 	STREAM
    OHIO GAS & ELECTRIC, LLC
	 	STREAM
    SPE GP, LLC
	 	TEXAS
    GENCO GP, LLC
	 	TEXAS
    GENCO HOLDINGS, INC.
	 	TEXAS
    GENCO LP, LLC
	 	US
    RETAILERS LLC
	 	VIENNA
    POWER LLC
	 	WCP
    (GENERATION) HOLDINGS LLC
	 	WEST
    COAST POWER LLC
	 	XOOM
    ALBERTA HOLDINGS, LLC
	 	XOOM
    BRITISH COLUMBIA HOLDINGS, LLC
	 	XOOM
    ENERGY GLOBAL HOLDINGS, LLC
	 	XOOM
    ENERGY, LLC
	 	XOOM
    ONTARIO HOLDINGS, LLC
	 	XOOM
    SOLAR, LLC

 

	 	By:	/s/
    Gaëtan C. Frotté
	 	 	Name: 	Gaëtan C. Frotté
	 	 	Title:	 Treasurer

 

	 	Airtron, Inc.
	 	AWHR America’s Water Heater Rentals, L.L.C.
	 	Bounce Energy, Inc.

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 

     

     

    

 

 

		Direct Energy Business
Marketing, LLC
	 	Direct Energy Connected
Home US Inc.
	 	Direct Energy GP,
LLC
	 	Direct Energy HoldCo
GP LLC
	 	Direct Energy Leasing,
LLC
	 	Direct Energy Marketing
Inc.
	 	Direct Energy Operations,
LLC
	 	Direct Energy Services,
LLC
	 	Direct Energy US
Holdings Inc.
	 	Direct Energy, LP
	 	First Choice Power,
LLC
	 	Gateway Energy Services
Corporation
	 	Home Warranty Holdings
Corp.
	 	Masters, Inc.
	 	RSG Holding Corp.

 

		By:	/s/ Gaëtan C. Frotté
	 	 	Name:	Gaëtan C. Frotté
	 	 	Title:	Vice President

 

	 	NRG RETAIL NORTHEAST LLC
	 	XOOM ENERGY CALIFORNIA, LLC
	 	 	 
		By:	/s/ Gaëtan C. Frotté
	 	 	Name:	Gaëtan C. Frotté
	 	 	Title:	Vice President and Treasurer

 

	 	CPL Retail Energy
L.P.
	 	WTU Retail Energy
L.P.
	 	 	 
		By:	Direct Energy HoldCo GP LLC,
	 	its General Partner

 

		By:	/s/ Gaëtan C. Frotté
	 	 	Name:	Gaëtan C. Frotté
	 	 	Title:	Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 

    

     

    

 

	 	NRG ILION LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
	 	 	 
		By:	NRG Rockford Acquisition LLC,
	 	its General Partner

 

		By:	/s/ Gaëtan C. Frotté
	 	 	Name:	Gaëtan C. Frotté
	 	 	Title:	Treasurer

 

	 	NRG SOUTH TEXAS LP
	 	 	 
		By:	Texas Genco GP, LLC,
	 	its General Partner

 

		By:	/s/ Gaëtan C. Frotté
	 	 	Name:	Gaëtan C. Frotté
	 	 	Title:	Treasurer

 

	 	STREAM SPE, LTD.
	 	 	 
		By:	STREAM SPE GP, LLC,
	 	the sole general partner

 

		By:	/s/ Gaëtan C. Frotté
	 	 	Name:	Gaëtan C. Frotté
	 	 	Title:	Treasurer

 

	 	TEXAS GENCO SERVICES, LP
	 	 	 
		By:	New Genco GP, LLC,
	 	its General Partner

 

		By:	/s/ Gaëtan C. Frotté
	 	 	Name:	Gaëtan C. Frotté
	 	 	Title:	Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 

    

     

    

 

	 	XOOM ENERGY CONNECTICUT, LLC
	 	XOOM ENERGY DELAWARE, LLC
	 	XOOM ENERGY GEORGIA, LLC
	 	XOOM ENERGY ILLINOIS, LLC
	 	XOOM ENERGY INDIANA, LLC
	 	XOOM ENERGY KENTUCKY, LLC
	 	XOOM ENERGY MAINE, LLC
	 	XOOM ENERGY MARYLAND, LLC
	 	XOOM ENERGY MASSACHUSETTS, LLC
	 	XOOM ENERGY MICHIGAN, LLC
	 	XOOM ENERGY NEW HAMPSHIRE, LLC
	 	XOOM ENERGY NEW JERSEY, LLC
	 	XOOM ENERGY NEW YORK, LLC
	 	XOOM ENERGY OHIO, LLC
	 	XOOM ENERGY PENNSYLVANIA, LLC
	 	XOOM ENERGY RHODE ISLAND, LLC
	 	XOOM ENERGY TEXAS, LLC
	 	XOOM ENERGY VIRGINIA, LLC
	 	XOOM ENERGY WASHINGTON D.C., LLC

 

		By:	XOOM ENERGY, LLC,
	 	the sole member

 

		By:	/s/ Gaëtan C. Frotté
	 	 	Name:	Gaëtan C. Frotté
	 	 	Title:	Treasurer

 

	 	ENERGY ALTERNATIVES WHOLESALE, LLC
	 	ENERGY PROTECTION INSURANCE COMPANY
	 	NRG OPERATING SERVICES, INC.
	 	NRG SOUTH CENTRAL OPERATIONS INC.

 

		By:	/s/ David Callen
	 	 	Name:	David Callen
	 	 	Title:	Vice President

 

	 	NRG CONSTRUCTION LLC
	 	NRG ENERGY SERVICES LLC
	 	NRG MAINTENANCE SERVICES LLC
	 	NRG RELIABILITY SOLUTIONS LLC

 

		By:	/s/ Linda Weigand
	 	 	Name:	Linda Weigand
	 	 	Title:	Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 

    

     

    

 

	 	TRUSTEE:
	 	 
	 	DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS
	 	 	 
		By:	/s/ Luke Russell
	 	Name:  	Luke Russell
	 	Title:	Vice President
	 	 	 
		By:	/s/ Sebastian Hidalgo
	 	Name:	Sebastian Hidalgo
	 	Title:   	Associate

 

[Signature Page to Supplemental Indenture]

 

    

     

    

 

EXHIBIT A

 

[Face of Note]

 

CUSIP/CINS 629377 CS9

 

3.875% Senior Notes due 2032

 

	No:	 	 	$ 	 

 

NRG ENERGY, INC.

 

promises to pay to _________ or registered assigns,

 

the principal sum of _________________________________________________________DOLLARS on February 15, 2032.

 

Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15

 

Record
Dates: February 1 and August 1

 

Dated: _________________

 

This Note is one of the Securities

of a Series designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned
Base Indenture.

 

    A-1

     

    

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer
has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

	 	NRG ENERGY, INC.

 

	 	By:	

	 	Name:	
	 	Title:	

 

    A-2 

     

    

 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, as Trustee

 

	By:	 	 
	 	Name:	 
	 	Title:	 

 

    A-3 

     

    

 

[Back of Note] 

3.875% Senior
Notes due 2032

 

[Insert the Global Legend, if applicable pursuant to the
provisions of the Indenture]

 

[Insert the Private Placement Legend, if applicable
pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]

 

[Insert the Original Issue Discount Legend, if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the
Indenture]

 

   Capitalized terms used herein have
the meanings assigned to them in the Second Supplemental Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

(1)         
INTEREST. NRG Energy, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal
amount of this Note at 3.875% per annum from August 23, 2021 until maturity, subject to the paragraph below.

 

From and including
August 15, 2026 (the “Interest Rate Step Up Trigger Date”), the interest rate payable on the Notes shall be increased once
by 25 basis points to 4.125% per annum (the “Subsequent Rate of Interest”), to be first paid on the February 15, 2027
Interest Payment Date (as defined below), and such Subsequent Rate of Interest will continue to apply up to, but excluding, the maturity
date of the Notes, unless the Company has provided a Satisfaction Notification to the Trustee on or before the Notification Date that,
in respect of the year ended December 31, 2025: (i) the Sustainability Performance Target has been satisfied; and (ii) the satisfaction
of the Sustainability Performance Target has been confirmed by the External Verifier in accordance with its customary procedures. If,
as of the Notification Date, (x) the Company fails, or is unable, to provide the Satisfaction Notification, (y) the Sustainability Performance
Target has not been satisfied or (z) the External Verifier has not confirmed satisfaction of the Sustainability Performance Target, the
Subsequent Rate of Interest will apply from and including the Interest Rate Step Up Trigger Date and thereafter up to, and including,
the maturity date of the Notes. Whenever in this Note there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of amounts based upon the principal
amount of this Note or of principal, interest or of any other amount payable under, or with respect to, this Note, such mention shall
be deemed to include mention of the payment of interest for this Note calculated at the Subsequent Rate of Interest, as context may require,
to the extent that, in such context, interest calculated at the Subsequent Rate of Interest is, was or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

The Company shall
pay interest semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next
succeeding Business Day (each, an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent
date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing
Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next
succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided, further, that the first
Interest Payment Date shall be February 15, 2022. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

(2)          METHOD
OF PAYMENT. The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of
Notes at the close of business on the February 1 and August 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are
canceled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Base
Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office
or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar within the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the Company, payment of
interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that
payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of, premium, if any, and interest
on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the
Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal
tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

    A-4 

     

    

 

(3)         
PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, the Trustee under the Indenture, will act as
Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change the Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to the Holders of the Notes. The
Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

(4)         
INDENTURE. This Note is one of a duly authenticated series of securities of the Company issued and to be issued in one or
more series under an Indenture (the “Base Indenture”), dated as of December 2, 2020, between the Company and the Trustee,
as amended by the Second Supplemental Indenture (the “Second Supplemental Indenture” and, together with the Base Indenture,
the “Indenture”), dated as of August 23, 2021, among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the
Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a
statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Base Indenture, the provisions
of this Note shall govern and be controlling, and to the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the
Second Supplemental Indenture, the provisions of the Second Supplemental Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Company shall
be entitled to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.05 of the Second Supplemental Indenture. The Notes are unsecured obligations
of the Company.

 

(5)         
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

 

		(a)	At any time prior to August 15, 2024, the Company may on any one or more occasions
redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at a redemption
price equal to 103.875% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date,
with an amount equal to the net cash proceeds of one or more equity offerings, subject to the rights of Holders of the Notes on the relevant
record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date; provided that:

 

		(i)	at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes originally issued under the
Second Supplemental Indenture (excluding Notes held by the Company and its Subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence
of such redemption; and

 

		(ii)	the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such equity offering.

 

		(b)	At any time prior to February 15, 2027, the Company may on any one or more occasions
redeem all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at a redemption price equal to 100%
of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed, plus the Applicable Premium as calculated by the Company, as of, and accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the applicable date of redemption, subject to the rights of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

 

    A-5 

     

    

 

		(c)	Except pursuant to the preceding paragraphs, the Notes will not be redeemable at
the Company’s option prior to February 15, 2027.

 

		(d)	On or after February 15, 2027, the Company may on any one or more occasions redeem
all or a part of the Notes, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages
of principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes redeemed, to the applicable date of redemption,
if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of Holders of
Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date:

 

	Year	 	 	Percentage
  
 (if the Sustainability

 Performance Target has been 

satisfied and the Sustainability

 Performance Target has been

 confirmed by the External 

Verifier)
	 	 	Percentage
  
 (if the Sustainability Performance

 Target has not been satisfied

 and/or the Sustainability 

Performance Target has not been 

confirmed by the External 

Verifier)
	 
	2027	 	 	 	101.938%	 	 	 	102.188%	 
	2028	 	 	 	101.292%	 	 	 	101.458%	 
	2029	 	 	 	100.646%	 	 	 	100.729%	 
	2030 and thereafter	 	 	 	100.000%	 	 	 	100.000%	 

 

Any redemption pursuant to this Section
5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.07 of the Second Supplemental Indenture.

 

(6)         
[RESERVED.] 

 

(7)         
MANDATORY REDEMPTION. The Company is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to
the Notes.

 

(8)         
REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDER. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company will make an
offer (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple
of $1,000 in excess of $2,000) of that Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount
of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased to the date of purchase, subject to the rights
of Holders of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Within 30 days following
any Change of Control, the Company will mail (or deliver electronically) a notice to each Holder setting forth the procedures governing
the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.

 

(9)          NOTICE
OF REDEMPTION. At least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be
mailed, by first class mail, or deliver electronically, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its
registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed or delivered more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the
notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of the Second Supplemental Indenture
pursuant to Articles 8 or 11 thereof. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000
in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of
Notes held by such Holder shall be redeemed or purchased.

 

    A-6 

     

    

 

(10)     
DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral
multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Second Supplemental
Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents
and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Second Supplemental Indenture. The
Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed
portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of
15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the next succeeding Interest Payment
Date.

 

(11)     
PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. Only registered
Holders have rights under the Indenture.

 

(12)     
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. The Base Indenture may be amended as provided therein. Subject to certain exceptions,
the Second Supplemental Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders
of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single
class, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Second Supplemental Indenture or the Notes
or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class. Without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Second Supplemental
Indenture, the Notes or the Subsidiary Guarantees may be amended or supplemented (i) to cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect or inconsistency,
(ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that such uncertificated Notes are
issued in registered form for U.S. tax purposes), (iii) to provide for the assumption of the Company’s Obligations to Holders of
the Notes in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets pursuant to Article
5 of the Second Supplemental Indenture, (iv) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of
the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Second Supplemental Indenture of any such Holder, (v) [reserved],
(vi) to conform the text of the Second Supplemental Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of the Notes”
section of the Company’s Offering Memorandum, (vii) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under the Second
Supplemental Indenture of a successor trustee pursuant to the requirements thereof, (viii) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes
in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Second Supplemental Indenture, or (ix) to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental
indenture and/or a Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the Notes.

 

(13)      DEFAULTS
AND REMEDIES. Events of Default include: (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, the Notes; (ii) default
in the payment when due of the principal of, or premium on, if any, the Notes; (iii) failure by the Company or any Guarantor for 60
days after written notice to the Company by the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding to comply with any of the agreements in the Second Supplemental Indenture (other than a default referred to in
clause (i) or (ii) of Section 6.01 of the Indenture); (iv) default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may
be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Guarantor (or the
payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any Guarantor), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created
after the date of the Second Supplemental Indenture, if that default: (A) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or
premium, if any, on such Indebtedness prior to the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such
default (a “Payment Default”); or (B) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express
maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such
Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, exceeds the greater of
(1) 1.5% of Total Assets and (2) $375.0 million; provided that this clause (iv) shall not apply to (a) secured Indebtedness
that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness to a Person that
is not an Affiliate of the Company; (b) Non-Recourse Debt (except to the extent that the Company or any of the Guarantors that are
not parties to such Non-Recourse Debt becomes directly or indirectly liable, including pursuant to any contingent obligation, for
any such Non- Recourse Debt and such liability, individually or in the aggregate, exceeds the greater of (i) 1.5% of Total Assets
and (ii) $375.0 million); and (c) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, any indemnification, guarantee or other credit support
obligations of the Company or any of the Guarantors in connection with any tax equity financing entered into by a non-Guarantor
Subsidiary or any standard securitization undertakings by the Company or any of the Guarantors in connection with any securitization
or other structured finance transaction entered into by a non-Guarantor Subsidiary; (v) except as permitted by the Second
Supplemental Indenture, any Subsidiary Guarantee of any Guarantor (or any group of Guarantors) that constitutes a Significant
Subsidiary shall be held in any final and non-appealable judicial proceeding to be unenforceable or invalid or shall cease for any
reason to be in full force and effect or any Guarantor (or any group of Guarantors) that constitutes a Significant Subsidiary, or
any Person acting on behalf of any Guarantor (or any group of Guarantors) that constitutes a Significant Subsidiary, shall deny or
disaffirm its or their obligations under its or their Subsidiary Guarantee(s); (vi) the Company or any of the Guarantors that is a
Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary: (A) commences a
voluntary case, (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case, (C) consents to the appointment
of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its
creditors, or (E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or (vii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order
or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: (A) is for relief against the Company or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or
any group of Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; (B) appoints a custodian of the Company or
Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any
group of Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or (C) orders the liquidation of the Company or
any Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Guarantors that, taken together, would constitute a Significant
Subsidiary; and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

 

    A-7 

     

    

 

(14)      TRUSTEE
DEALINGS WITH COMPANY. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and
perform services for the Company or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates, as if it were not the
Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days,
apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee
is also subject to and entitled to the benefits of Article 7 of the Base Indenture.

 

(15)      NO
RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor, as such,
will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture, the Subsidiary
Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by
accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the
Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

 

(16)     
AUTHENTICATION. This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature or Electronic Signature of the Trustee
or an authenticating agent.

 

(17)     
ABBREVIATIONS. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in
common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST
(= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

(18)     
CUSIP NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures,
the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes, and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience
to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice
of redemption, and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

(19)     
GOVERNING LAW. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THE INDENTURE, THIS NOTE AND
THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE
LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

   The Company shall furnish to any Holder
upon written request and without charge a copy of the Base Indenture and/or the Second Supplemental Indenture. Requests may be made to:

 

NRG Energy, Inc.

910 Louisiana Street

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Investor Relations

 

    A-8 

     

    

 

Assignment
Form

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

	(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to: 	 
	 	(Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s
soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

	and irrevocably appoint 	 

to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent
may substitute another to act for him.

 

	Date:	 	 

 

		Your Signature:	 

	 	         (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

	Signature Guarantee*: 	 	 

 

*       Participant
in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

    A-9 

     

    

 

Option of Holder to Elect Purchase

 

If you want to elect to have
this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 of the Second Supplemental Indenture, check here:  ̈

 

If you want to elect to
have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 of the Second Supplemental Indenture, state the amount
you elect to have purchased:

 

	 	$	 	 

 

	Date: 	 	 

 

		Your Signature:	 

	 	(Sign exactly as your name appears
on the face of this Note)
	 	 

	 	Tax Identification No.:	 

 

	Signature Guarantee*: 	 	 

 

*       Participant
in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

    A-10 

     

    

 

Schedule
Of Exchanges Of Interests In The Global Note*

 

The following
exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another
Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

	Date of Exchange	 	Amount of 

    decrease in 

    Principal Amount 

    of 

    this Global Note	 	Amount of 

    increase in

    Principal Amount

    of 

    this Global Note	 	Principal Amount

of this Global Note

 following such

 decrease

 (or increase)	 	Signature of

authorized officer 

of Trustee or

 Custodian

 

*       This schedule
should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.

 

    A-11 

     

    

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

NRG Energy, Inc. 804

Carnegie Place

Princeton, NJ 08540

Attention: General Counsel

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Transfer Unit – Operations

c/o DB Services Americas, Inc.

5022 Gate Parkway, Suite 200

Jacksonville, FL 32256

Attn: Transfer Department

 

Copy

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Trust and Agency Services

60 Wall Street, 24th Floor

Mail Stop: NYC60-2405

New York, New York 10005

USA

Attn: Corporates Team, Deal ID SF3657

Facsimile: (732) 578-4635

 

Re: 3.875% Senior Notes due 2032

 

Reference is
hereby made to the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 23, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among NRG Energy,
Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

____________,
(the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A
hereto, in the principal amount of $ __________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to
_________________ (the “Transferee”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer,
the Transferor hereby certifies that:

 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

 

1.     ̈ Check
if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Rule
144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial
interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believes is purchasing the beneficial
interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole
investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of
Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A, and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the
Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the
Securities Act.

 

2.  
 ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the
Regulation S Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to
and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i)
the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside
the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside
the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and
neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States,
(ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under
the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act
and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, the transfer is not being made to a
U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions
on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Note and
in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

    B-1 

     

    

 

3.   
 ̈ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest
in the IAI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation
S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted
Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

 

(a)               
 ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under
the Securities Act;

 

or

 

 (b)                ̈ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a subsidiary thereof;

 

or

 

(c)              
 ̈ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

 

or

 

(d)                ̈
such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies
that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer
complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive
Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the
Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the
time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the
Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon
consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or
Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the IAI Global
Note and/or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

4.   
 ̈ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in
an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

 

(a)    
 ̈ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected
pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the
Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained
in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation
of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no
longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on
Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

(b)  
 ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being
effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions
contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on
transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities
Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or
Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted
Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

(c)    
 ̈ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is
being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule
144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities
laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend
are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with
the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

    B-2 

     

    

 

This certificate and the statements
contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

	 	 
	 	         [Insert Name of Transferor]

 

		By:	 
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

 

	Dated:	 	 

 

    B-3 

     

    

 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

		1.	The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

 

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

		(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the:

 

		(i)	 ̈
144A Global Note (CUSIP ______), or

 

		(ii)	 ̈
Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP ______), or

 

		(iii)	 ̈
IAI Global Note (CUSIP______); or

 

		(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note.

 

		2.	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

		(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in the:

 

		(i)	 ̈
144A Global Note (CUSIP ______), or

 

		(ii)	 ̈
Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP ______), or

 

		(iii)	 ̈
IAI Global Note (CUSIP_____); or

 

		(iv)	 ̈
Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP ______); or

 

		(b)	 ̈ a Restricted Definitive Note; or

 

		(c)	 ̈ an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

 

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

    B-4 

     

    

 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

NRG Energy, Inc. 804

Carnegie Place

Princeton, NJ 08540

Attention: General Counsel

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Transfer Unit – Operations

c/o DB Services Americas, Inc.

5022 Gate Parkway, Suite 200

Jacksonville, FL 32256

Attn: Transfer Department

 

Copy

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Trust and Agency Services

60 Wall Street, 24th Floor

Mail Stop: NYC60-2405

New York, New York 10005

USA

Attn: Corporates Team, Deal ID SF3657

Facsimile: (732) 578-4635

 

Re: 3.875% Senior Notes due 2032

 

(CUSIP [        ])

 

Reference is
hereby made to the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 23, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among NRG Energy,
Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

________________________,
(the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the
principal amount of $ _______________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the
Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

 

1.                  
Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes
or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

 

(a)     ̈ Check
if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In
connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for
the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
 “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend
are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

    C-1

     

    

 

(b)       
 ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account
without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global
Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being
acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

(c)       ̈ Check
if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the
Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby
certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has
been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in
accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend
are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in
compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

(d)   
 ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive
Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner
hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and
in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend
are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired
in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

2.                  
Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or
Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

 

(a)   
 ̈ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being
acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of
the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private
Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

(b)      
 ̈ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest
in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest
in the [CHECK ONE]  ̈ 144A Global Note,  ̈
Regulation S Global Note,  ̈ IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner
hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange
has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance
with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation
of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions
on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities
Act.

 

    C-2

     

    

 

This certificate and the statements
contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

	 	 
	 	[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

		By:	 
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

 

	Dated:	 	 

 

    C-3

     

    

 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM 

ACQUIRING
INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

 

NRG Energy, Inc. 804

Carnegie Place

Princeton, NJ 08540

Attention: General Counsel

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Transfer Unit – Operations

c/o DB Services Americas, Inc.

5022 Gate Parkway, Suite 200

Jacksonville, FL 32256

Attn: Transfer Department

 

Copy

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Trust and Agency Services

60 Wall Street, 24th Floor

Mail Stop: NYC60-2405

New York, New York 10005

USA

Attn: Corporates Team, Deal ID SF3657

Facsimile: (732) 578-4635

 

Re: 3.875% Senior Notes due 2032

 

Reference is
hereby made to the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 23, 2021 (the “Indenture”), among NRG Energy,
Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), the Guarantors party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

In connection with our proposed purchase of $                    
aggregate principal amount of:

 

		(a)	 ̈ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

 

		(b)	 ̈ a Definitive
Note, we confirm that:

 

1.                  
We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions
set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any
interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”).

 

2.                   We
understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any
interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf
of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do
so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a
 “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as
defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the
Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, if such transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes,
at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that
such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act, (D) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S
under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or
beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph
a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

 

    D-1

     

    

 

3.                  
We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and
the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the
proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the
foregoing effect.

 

4.                  
We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under
the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits
and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our
or its investment.

 

5.                  
We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each
of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

 

You and the Company
are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in
any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

	 	 	 
	 	 	 	[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	By:	
	 	 	 	Name:
	 	 	 	Title:

 
	Dated:    	 	 

 

    D-2

     

    

 

EXHIBIT E

 

FORM OF
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE 

ADDITIONAL SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

 

Supplemental
Indenture (this “Supplemental Indenture for
Additional Guarantees”), dated as of                           , among                           (the “Guaranteeing Subsidiary”), a subsidiary
of NRG Energy, Inc. (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Company, the other Guarantors
(as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee under the Indenture referred to
below (the “Trustee”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, the
Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Base Indenture”), dated as of December
2, 2020, between the Company and the Trustee, as amended by the Second Supplemental Indenture (the “Second Supplemental Indenture”
and, together with the Base Indenture, the “Indenture”), dated as of August 23, 2021, among the Company, the Guarantors
and the Trustee, providing for the original issuance of an aggregate principal amount of $1,100,000,000 of 3.875% Senior Notes due 2032
(the “Initial Notes”), and, subject to the terms of the Second Supplemental Indenture, future issuances of Notes (the
 “Additional Notes,” and, together with the Initial Notes, the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, the
Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental
indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the
Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “Subsidiary Guarantee”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant
to Sections 4.10 and 9.01 of the Second Supplemental Indenture, the Trustee, the Company and the other Guarantors are authorized to execute
and deliver this Second Supplemental Indenture for Additional Guarantees.

 

NOW, THEREFORE,
in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing
Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

1.                  
Capitalized terms.
Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Second Supplemental Indenture.

 

2.                  
Agreement to guarantee.
The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby becomes a party to the Second Supplemental Indenture as a Guarantor and as such will have all the
rights and be subject to all the Obligations and agreements of a Guarantor under the Indenture. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees
to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Subsidiary Guarantee and in the Second
Supplemental Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof.

 

3.                  
No recourse against
others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company
or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Company or the Guarantors under the Notes, the Indenture,
the Subsidiary Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder
of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance
of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

 

    E-1

     

    

 

4.                  
NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE FOR ADDITIONAL GUARANTEES BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION
OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

5.                  
Counterparts. The parties may sign any number
of copies of this Second Supplemental Indenture for Additional Guarantees. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together
represent the same agreement. Facsimile, documents executed, scanned and transmitted electronically and electronic signatures, including
those created or transmitted through a software platform or application, shall be deemed original signatures for purposes of this Second
Supplemental Indenture and all matters and agreements related thereto, with such facsimile, scanned and electronic signatures having
the same legal effect as original signatures.

 

6.                  
Effect of headings.
The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

7.                  
The trustee.
The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Second Supplemental
Indenture for Additional Guarantees or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the
Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.

 

8.                  
Ratification of indenture; supplemental indenture for additional guarantees part of indenture.
Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions
thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Second Supplemental Indenture for Additional Guarantees shall form a part of the
Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall by bound hereby.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

    E-2

     

    

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto
have caused this Second Supplemental Indenture for Additional Guarantees to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above
written.

 

Dated:                            ,

	 	 
	 	[Guaranteeing
    Subsidiary]
	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	  Name:
	 	 	  Title:
	 	 
	 	NRG Energy, Inc.
	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	  Name:
	 	 	  Title:
	 	 
	 	[Existing
    Guarantors]
	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	  Name:
	 	 	  Title:
	 	 
	 	[Trustee],
	 	  as Trustee
	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	  Authorized Signatory

 

    E-3

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00332-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00332-of-00352.parquet"}]]